gdb/ChangeLog:
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / doc / gdbint.texinfo
CommitLineData
9742079a 1\input texinfo @c -*- texinfo -*-
c906108c 2@setfilename gdbint.info
25822942 3@include gdb-cfg.texi
03727ca6 4@dircategory Software development
e9c75b65 5@direntry
c906108c 6* Gdb-Internals: (gdbint). The GNU debugger's internals.
e9c75b65 7@end direntry
c906108c
SS
8
9@ifinfo
25822942 10This file documents the internals of the GNU debugger @value{GDBN}.
c02a867d 11Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
21655b03 12 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005
e9c75b65 13 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c
SS
14Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. Written by John Gilmore.
15Second Edition by Stan Shebs.
16
e9c75b65
EZ
17Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
18under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 19any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
20Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
21Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
22Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
23@end ifinfo
24
25@setchapternewpage off
25822942 26@settitle @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c 27
56caf160
EZ
28@syncodeindex fn cp
29@syncodeindex vr cp
30
c906108c 31@titlepage
25822942 32@title @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c
SS
33@subtitle{A guide to the internals of the GNU debugger}
34@author John Gilmore
35@author Cygnus Solutions
36@author Second Edition:
37@author Stan Shebs
38@author Cygnus Solutions
39@page
40@tex
41\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
42\xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too
43{\parskip=0pt
44\hfill Cygnus Solutions\par
45\hfill \manvers\par
46\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
47}
48@end tex
49
50@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
1e698235 51Copyright @copyright{} 1990,1991,1992,1993,1994,1996,1998,1999,2000,2001,
21655b03 52 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c 53
e9c75b65
EZ
54Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
55under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 56any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
57Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
58Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
59Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
60@end titlepage
61
449f3b6c 62@contents
449f3b6c 63
c906108c
SS
64@node Top
65@c Perhaps this should be the title of the document (but only for info,
66@c not for TeX). Existing GNU manuals seem inconsistent on this point.
67@top Scope of this Document
68
25822942
DB
69This document documents the internals of the GNU debugger, @value{GDBN}. It
70includes description of @value{GDBN}'s key algorithms and operations, as well
71as the mechanisms that adapt @value{GDBN} to specific hosts and targets.
c906108c
SS
72
73@menu
74* Requirements::
75* Overall Structure::
76* Algorithms::
77* User Interface::
89437448 78* libgdb::
c906108c
SS
79* Symbol Handling::
80* Language Support::
81* Host Definition::
82* Target Architecture Definition::
83* Target Vector Definition::
84* Native Debugging::
85* Support Libraries::
86* Coding::
87* Porting GDB::
d52fe014 88* Versions and Branches::
55f6ca0f 89* Start of New Year Procedure::
8973da3a 90* Releasing GDB::
085dd6e6 91* Testsuite::
c906108c 92* Hints::
aab4e0ec 93
bcd7e15f 94* GDB Observers:: @value{GDBN} Currently available observers
aab4e0ec 95* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation
56caf160 96* Index::
c906108c
SS
97@end menu
98
99@node Requirements
100
101@chapter Requirements
56caf160 102@cindex requirements for @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
103
104Before diving into the internals, you should understand the formal
56caf160
EZ
105requirements and other expectations for @value{GDBN}. Although some
106of these may seem obvious, there have been proposals for @value{GDBN}
107that have run counter to these requirements.
c906108c 108
56caf160
EZ
109First of all, @value{GDBN} is a debugger. It's not designed to be a
110front panel for embedded systems. It's not a text editor. It's not a
111shell. It's not a programming environment.
c906108c 112
56caf160
EZ
113@value{GDBN} is an interactive tool. Although a batch mode is
114available, @value{GDBN}'s primary role is to interact with a human
115programmer.
c906108c 116
56caf160
EZ
117@value{GDBN} should be responsive to the user. A programmer hot on
118the trail of a nasty bug, and operating under a looming deadline, is
119going to be very impatient of everything, including the response time
120to debugger commands.
c906108c 121
56caf160
EZ
122@value{GDBN} should be relatively permissive, such as for expressions.
123While the compiler should be picky (or have the option to be made
be9c6c35 124picky), since source code lives for a long time usually, the
56caf160
EZ
125programmer doing debugging shouldn't be spending time figuring out to
126mollify the debugger.
c906108c 127
56caf160
EZ
128@value{GDBN} will be called upon to deal with really large programs.
129Executable sizes of 50 to 100 megabytes occur regularly, and we've
130heard reports of programs approaching 1 gigabyte in size.
c906108c 131
56caf160
EZ
132@value{GDBN} should be able to run everywhere. No other debugger is
133available for even half as many configurations as @value{GDBN}
134supports.
c906108c
SS
135
136
137@node Overall Structure
138
139@chapter Overall Structure
140
56caf160
EZ
141@value{GDBN} consists of three major subsystems: user interface,
142symbol handling (the @dfn{symbol side}), and target system handling (the
143@dfn{target side}).
c906108c 144
2e685b93 145The user interface consists of several actual interfaces, plus
c906108c
SS
146supporting code.
147
148The symbol side consists of object file readers, debugging info
149interpreters, symbol table management, source language expression
150parsing, type and value printing.
151
152The target side consists of execution control, stack frame analysis, and
153physical target manipulation.
154
155The target side/symbol side division is not formal, and there are a
156number of exceptions. For instance, core file support involves symbolic
157elements (the basic core file reader is in BFD) and target elements (it
158supplies the contents of memory and the values of registers). Instead,
159this division is useful for understanding how the minor subsystems
160should fit together.
161
162@section The Symbol Side
163
56caf160
EZ
164The symbolic side of @value{GDBN} can be thought of as ``everything
165you can do in @value{GDBN} without having a live program running''.
166For instance, you can look at the types of variables, and evaluate
167many kinds of expressions.
c906108c
SS
168
169@section The Target Side
170
56caf160
EZ
171The target side of @value{GDBN} is the ``bits and bytes manipulator''.
172Although it may make reference to symbolic info here and there, most
173of the target side will run with only a stripped executable
174available---or even no executable at all, in remote debugging cases.
c906108c
SS
175
176Operations such as disassembly, stack frame crawls, and register
177display, are able to work with no symbolic info at all. In some cases,
25822942 178such as disassembly, @value{GDBN} will use symbolic info to present addresses
c906108c
SS
179relative to symbols rather than as raw numbers, but it will work either
180way.
181
182@section Configurations
183
56caf160
EZ
184@cindex host
185@cindex target
25822942 186@dfn{Host} refers to attributes of the system where @value{GDBN} runs.
c906108c
SS
187@dfn{Target} refers to the system where the program being debugged
188executes. In most cases they are the same machine, in which case a
189third type of @dfn{Native} attributes come into play.
190
191Defines and include files needed to build on the host are host support.
192Examples are tty support, system defined types, host byte order, host
193float format.
194
195Defines and information needed to handle the target format are target
196dependent. Examples are the stack frame format, instruction set,
197breakpoint instruction, registers, and how to set up and tear down the stack
198to call a function.
199
200Information that is only needed when the host and target are the same,
201is native dependent. One example is Unix child process support; if the
202host and target are not the same, doing a fork to start the target
203process is a bad idea. The various macros needed for finding the
204registers in the @code{upage}, running @code{ptrace}, and such are all
205in the native-dependent files.
206
207Another example of native-dependent code is support for features that
208are really part of the target environment, but which require
209@code{#include} files that are only available on the host system. Core
210file handling and @code{setjmp} handling are two common cases.
211
25822942 212When you want to make @value{GDBN} work ``native'' on a particular machine, you
c906108c
SS
213have to include all three kinds of information.
214
215
216@node Algorithms
217
218@chapter Algorithms
56caf160 219@cindex algorithms
c906108c 220
56caf160
EZ
221@value{GDBN} uses a number of debugging-specific algorithms. They are
222often not very complicated, but get lost in the thicket of special
223cases and real-world issues. This chapter describes the basic
224algorithms and mentions some of the specific target definitions that
225they use.
c906108c
SS
226
227@section Frames
228
56caf160
EZ
229@cindex frame
230@cindex call stack frame
231A frame is a construct that @value{GDBN} uses to keep track of calling
232and called functions.
c906108c 233
56caf160
EZ
234@findex create_new_frame
235@vindex FRAME_FP
c906108c 236@code{FRAME_FP} in the machine description has no meaning to the
56caf160
EZ
237machine-independent part of @value{GDBN}, except that it is used when
238setting up a new frame from scratch, as follows:
c906108c 239
474c8240 240@smallexample
0ba6dca9 241create_new_frame (read_register (DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM), read_pc ()));
474c8240 242@end smallexample
c906108c 243
56caf160 244@cindex frame pointer register
0ba6dca9
AC
245Other than that, all the meaning imparted to @code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM}
246is imparted by the machine-dependent code. So,
247@code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM} can have any value that is convenient for
248the code that creates new frames. (@code{create_new_frame} calls
249@code{DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO} if it is defined; that is where
250you should use the @code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM} value, if your frames are
251nonstandard.)
c906108c 252
56caf160 253@cindex frame chain
618ce49f
AC
254Given a @value{GDBN} frame, define @code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN} to
255determine the address of the calling function's frame. This will be
256used to create a new @value{GDBN} frame struct, and then
e9582e71 257@code{DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO} and
a5afb99f 258@code{DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC} will be called for the new frame.
c906108c
SS
259
260@section Breakpoint Handling
261
56caf160 262@cindex breakpoints
c906108c
SS
263In general, a breakpoint is a user-designated location in the program
264where the user wants to regain control if program execution ever reaches
265that location.
266
267There are two main ways to implement breakpoints; either as ``hardware''
268breakpoints or as ``software'' breakpoints.
269
56caf160
EZ
270@cindex hardware breakpoints
271@cindex program counter
c906108c
SS
272Hardware breakpoints are sometimes available as a builtin debugging
273features with some chips. Typically these work by having dedicated
274register into which the breakpoint address may be stored. If the PC
56caf160 275(shorthand for @dfn{program counter})
c906108c 276ever matches a value in a breakpoint registers, the CPU raises an
56caf160
EZ
277exception and reports it to @value{GDBN}.
278
279Another possibility is when an emulator is in use; many emulators
280include circuitry that watches the address lines coming out from the
281processor, and force it to stop if the address matches a breakpoint's
282address.
283
284A third possibility is that the target already has the ability to do
285breakpoints somehow; for instance, a ROM monitor may do its own
286software breakpoints. So although these are not literally ``hardware
287breakpoints'', from @value{GDBN}'s point of view they work the same;
50e3ee83 288@value{GDBN} need not do anything more than set the breakpoint and wait
56caf160 289for something to happen.
c906108c
SS
290
291Since they depend on hardware resources, hardware breakpoints may be
56caf160 292limited in number; when the user asks for more, @value{GDBN} will
9742079a 293start trying to set software breakpoints. (On some architectures,
937f164b 294notably the 32-bit x86 platforms, @value{GDBN} cannot always know
9742079a
EZ
295whether there's enough hardware resources to insert all the hardware
296breakpoints and watchpoints. On those platforms, @value{GDBN} prints
297an error message only when the program being debugged is continued.)
56caf160
EZ
298
299@cindex software breakpoints
300Software breakpoints require @value{GDBN} to do somewhat more work.
301The basic theory is that @value{GDBN} will replace a program
302instruction with a trap, illegal divide, or some other instruction
303that will cause an exception, and then when it's encountered,
304@value{GDBN} will take the exception and stop the program. When the
305user says to continue, @value{GDBN} will restore the original
c906108c
SS
306instruction, single-step, re-insert the trap, and continue on.
307
308Since it literally overwrites the program being tested, the program area
be9c6c35 309must be writable, so this technique won't work on programs in ROM. It
c906108c 310can also distort the behavior of programs that examine themselves,
56caf160 311although such a situation would be highly unusual.
c906108c
SS
312
313Also, the software breakpoint instruction should be the smallest size of
314instruction, so it doesn't overwrite an instruction that might be a jump
315target, and cause disaster when the program jumps into the middle of the
316breakpoint instruction. (Strictly speaking, the breakpoint must be no
317larger than the smallest interval between instructions that may be jump
318targets; perhaps there is an architecture where only even-numbered
319instructions may jumped to.) Note that it's possible for an instruction
320set not to have any instructions usable for a software breakpoint,
321although in practice only the ARC has failed to define such an
322instruction.
323
56caf160 324@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
325The basic definition of the software breakpoint is the macro
326@code{BREAKPOINT}.
327
328Basic breakpoint object handling is in @file{breakpoint.c}. However,
329much of the interesting breakpoint action is in @file{infrun.c}.
330
331@section Single Stepping
332
333@section Signal Handling
334
335@section Thread Handling
336
337@section Inferior Function Calls
338
339@section Longjmp Support
340
56caf160 341@cindex @code{longjmp} debugging
25822942 342@value{GDBN} has support for figuring out that the target is doing a
c906108c
SS
343@code{longjmp} and for stopping at the target of the jump, if we are
344stepping. This is done with a few specialized internal breakpoints,
56caf160
EZ
345which are visible in the output of the @samp{maint info breakpoint}
346command.
c906108c 347
56caf160 348@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
349To make this work, you need to define a macro called
350@code{GET_LONGJMP_TARGET}, which will examine the @code{jmp_buf}
351structure and extract the longjmp target address. Since @code{jmp_buf}
352is target specific, you will need to define it in the appropriate
56caf160 353@file{tm-@var{target}.h} file. Look in @file{tm-sun4os4.h} and
c906108c
SS
354@file{sparc-tdep.c} for examples of how to do this.
355
9742079a
EZ
356@section Watchpoints
357@cindex watchpoints
358
359Watchpoints are a special kind of breakpoints (@pxref{Algorithms,
360breakpoints}) which break when data is accessed rather than when some
361instruction is executed. When you have data which changes without
362your knowing what code does that, watchpoints are the silver bullet to
363hunt down and kill such bugs.
364
365@cindex hardware watchpoints
366@cindex software watchpoints
367Watchpoints can be either hardware-assisted or not; the latter type is
368known as ``software watchpoints.'' @value{GDBN} always uses
369hardware-assisted watchpoints if they are available, and falls back on
370software watchpoints otherwise. Typical situations where @value{GDBN}
371will use software watchpoints are:
372
373@itemize @bullet
374@item
375The watched memory region is too large for the underlying hardware
376watchpoint support. For example, each x86 debug register can watch up
377to 4 bytes of memory, so trying to watch data structures whose size is
378more than 16 bytes will cause @value{GDBN} to use software
379watchpoints.
380
381@item
382The value of the expression to be watched depends on data held in
383registers (as opposed to memory).
384
385@item
386Too many different watchpoints requested. (On some architectures,
387this situation is impossible to detect until the debugged program is
388resumed.) Note that x86 debug registers are used both for hardware
389breakpoints and for watchpoints, so setting too many hardware
390breakpoints might cause watchpoint insertion to fail.
391
392@item
393No hardware-assisted watchpoints provided by the target
394implementation.
395@end itemize
396
397Software watchpoints are very slow, since @value{GDBN} needs to
398single-step the program being debugged and test the value of the
399watched expression(s) after each instruction. The rest of this
400section is mostly irrelevant for software watchpoints.
401
b6b8ece6
EZ
402When the inferior stops, @value{GDBN} tries to establish, among other
403possible reasons, whether it stopped due to a watchpoint being hit.
404For a data-write watchpoint, it does so by evaluating, for each
405watchpoint, the expression whose value is being watched, and testing
406whether the watched value has changed. For data-read and data-access
407watchpoints, @value{GDBN} needs the target to supply a primitive that
408returns the address of the data that was accessed or read (see the
409description of @code{target_stopped_data_address} below): if this
410primitive returns a valid address, @value{GDBN} infers that a
411watchpoint triggered if it watches an expression whose evaluation uses
412that address.
413
9742079a
EZ
414@value{GDBN} uses several macros and primitives to support hardware
415watchpoints:
416
417@table @code
418@findex TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
419@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
420If defined, the target supports hardware watchpoints.
421
422@findex TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT
423@item TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (@var{type}, @var{count}, @var{other})
424Return the number of hardware watchpoints of type @var{type} that are
425possible to be set. The value is positive if @var{count} watchpoints
426of this type can be set, zero if setting watchpoints of this type is
427not supported, and negative if @var{count} is more than the maximum
428number of watchpoints of type @var{type} that can be set. @var{other}
429is non-zero if other types of watchpoints are currently enabled (there
430are architectures which cannot set watchpoints of different types at
431the same time).
432
433@findex TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
434@item TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{len})
435Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
436whose address is @var{addr} and whose length in bytes is @var{len}.
437
438@findex TARGET_REGION_SIZE_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
439@item TARGET_REGION_SIZE_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{size})
440Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
441whose size is @var{size}. @value{GDBN} only uses this macro as a
442fall-back, in case @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is not
443defined.
444
b6b8ece6 445@cindex insert or remove hardware watchpoint
9742079a
EZ
446@findex target_insert_watchpoint
447@findex target_remove_watchpoint
448@item target_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
449@itemx target_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
450Insert or remove a hardware watchpoint starting at @var{addr}, for
451@var{len} bytes. @var{type} is the watchpoint type, one of the
452possible values of the enumerated data type @code{target_hw_bp_type},
453defined by @file{breakpoint.h} as follows:
454
474c8240 455@smallexample
9742079a
EZ
456 enum target_hw_bp_type
457 @{
458 hw_write = 0, /* Common (write) HW watchpoint */
459 hw_read = 1, /* Read HW watchpoint */
460 hw_access = 2, /* Access (read or write) HW watchpoint */
461 hw_execute = 3 /* Execute HW breakpoint */
462 @};
474c8240 463@end smallexample
9742079a
EZ
464
465@noindent
466These two macros should return 0 for success, non-zero for failure.
467
468@cindex insert or remove hardware breakpoint
469@findex target_remove_hw_breakpoint
470@findex target_insert_hw_breakpoint
471@item target_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{addr}, @var{shadow})
472@itemx target_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{addr}, @var{shadow})
473Insert or remove a hardware-assisted breakpoint at address @var{addr}.
474Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure. @var{shadow} is the
475real contents of the byte where the breakpoint has been inserted; it
476is generally not valid when hardware breakpoints are used, but since
477no other code touches these values, the implementations of the above
478two macros can use them for their internal purposes.
479
480@findex target_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
481@item target_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
482If the inferior has some watchpoint that triggered, place the address
483associated with the watchpoint at the location pointed to by
b6b8ece6
EZ
484@var{addr_p} and return non-zero. Otherwise, return zero. Note that
485this primitive is used by @value{GDBN} only on targets that support
486data-read or data-access type watchpoints, so targets that have
487support only for data-write watchpoints need not implement these
488primitives.
9742079a 489
9742079a
EZ
490@findex HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
491@item HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
492If defined to a non-zero value, it is not necessary to disable a
493watchpoint to step over it.
494
495@findex HAVE_NONSTEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
496@item HAVE_NONSTEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
497If defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} should disable a
498watchpoint to step the inferior over it.
499
500@findex HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
501@item HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
502If defined to a non-zero value, it is possible to continue the
503inferior after a watchpoint has been hit.
504
505@findex CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
506@item CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
507If this is defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} will remove all
508watchpoints before stepping the inferior.
509
510@findex STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT
511@item STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (@var{wait_status})
512Return non-zero if stopped by a watchpoint. @var{wait_status} is of
513the type @code{struct target_waitstatus}, defined by @file{target.h}.
b6b8ece6
EZ
514Normally, this macro is defined to invoke the function pointed to by
515the @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} member of the structure (of the
516type @code{target_ops}, defined on @file{target.h}) that describes the
517target-specific operations; @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} ignores
518the @var{wait_status} argument.
519
520@value{GDBN} does not require the non-zero value returned by
521@code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to be 100% correct, so if a target cannot
522determine for sure whether the inferior stopped due to a watchpoint,
523it could return non-zero ``just in case''.
9742079a
EZ
524@end table
525
526@subsection x86 Watchpoints
527@cindex x86 debug registers
528@cindex watchpoints, on x86
529
530The 32-bit Intel x86 (a.k.a.@: ia32) processors feature special debug
531registers designed to facilitate debugging. @value{GDBN} provides a
532generic library of functions that x86-based ports can use to implement
533support for watchpoints and hardware-assisted breakpoints. This
534subsection documents the x86 watchpoint facilities in @value{GDBN}.
535
536To use the generic x86 watchpoint support, a port should do the
537following:
538
539@itemize @bullet
540@findex I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
541@item
542Define the macro @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS} somewhere in the
543target-dependent headers.
544
545@item
546Include the @file{config/i386/nm-i386.h} header file @emph{after}
547defining @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
548
549@item
550Add @file{i386-nat.o} to the value of the Make variable
551@code{NATDEPFILES} (@pxref{Native Debugging, NATDEPFILES}) or
552@code{TDEPFILES} (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition, TDEPFILES}).
553
554@item
555Provide implementations for the @code{I386_DR_LOW_*} macros described
556below. Typically, each macro should call a target-specific function
557which does the real work.
558@end itemize
559
560The x86 watchpoint support works by maintaining mirror images of the
561debug registers. Values are copied between the mirror images and the
562real debug registers via a set of macros which each target needs to
563provide:
564
565@table @code
566@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL
567@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL (@var{val})
568Set the Debug Control (DR7) register to the value @var{val}.
569
570@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR
571@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR (@var{idx}, @var{addr})
572Put the address @var{addr} into the debug register number @var{idx}.
573
574@findex I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR
575@item I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR (@var{idx})
576Reset (i.e.@: zero out) the address stored in the debug register
577number @var{idx}.
578
579@findex I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
580@item I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
581Return the value of the Debug Status (DR6) register. This value is
582used immediately after it is returned by
583@code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}, so as to support per-thread status
584register values.
585@end table
586
587For each one of the 4 debug registers (whose indices are from 0 to 3)
588that store addresses, a reference count is maintained by @value{GDBN},
589to allow sharing of debug registers by several watchpoints. This
590allows users to define several watchpoints that watch the same
591expression, but with different conditions and/or commands, without
592wasting debug registers which are in short supply. @value{GDBN}
593maintains the reference counts internally, targets don't have to do
594anything to use this feature.
595
596The x86 debug registers can each watch a region that is 1, 2, or 4
597bytes long. The ia32 architecture requires that each watched region
598be appropriately aligned: 2-byte region on 2-byte boundary, 4-byte
599region on 4-byte boundary. However, the x86 watchpoint support in
600@value{GDBN} can watch unaligned regions and regions larger than 4
601bytes (up to 16 bytes) by allocating several debug registers to watch
602a single region. This allocation of several registers per a watched
603region is also done automatically without target code intervention.
604
605The generic x86 watchpoint support provides the following API for the
606@value{GDBN}'s application code:
607
608@table @code
609@findex i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint
610@item i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len})
611The macro @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is set to call
612this function. It counts the number of debug registers required to
613watch a given region, and returns a non-zero value if that number is
614less than 4, the number of debug registers available to x86
615processors.
616
617@findex i386_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
618@item i386_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
619The target function
620@code{target_stopped_data_address} is set to call this function.
621This
9742079a
EZ
622function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
623Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
624macro, and returns the address associated with the first bit that is
625set in DR6.
626
ac77d04f
JJ
627@findex i386_stopped_by_watchpoint
628@item i386_stopped_by_watchpoint (void)
629The macro @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}
630is set to call this function. The
631argument passed to @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} is ignored. This
632function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
633Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
634macro, and returns true if any bit is set. Otherwise, false is
635returned.
636
9742079a
EZ
637@findex i386_insert_watchpoint
638@findex i386_remove_watchpoint
639@item i386_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
640@itemx i386_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
641Insert or remove a watchpoint. The macros
642@code{target_insert_watchpoint} and @code{target_remove_watchpoint}
643are set to call these functions. @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} first
644looks for a debug register which is already set to watch the same
645region for the same access types; if found, it just increments the
646reference count of that debug register, thus implementing debug
647register sharing between watchpoints. If no such register is found,
937f164b
FF
648the function looks for a vacant debug register, sets its mirrored
649value to @var{addr}, sets the mirrored value of DR7 Debug Control
9742079a
EZ
650register as appropriate for the @var{len} and @var{type} parameters,
651and then passes the new values of the debug register and DR7 to the
652inferior by calling @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR} and
653@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If more than one debug register is
654required to cover the given region, the above process is repeated for
655each debug register.
656
657@code{i386_remove_watchpoint} does the opposite: it resets the address
937f164b
FF
658in the mirrored value of the debug register and its read/write and
659length bits in the mirrored value of DR7, then passes these new
9742079a
EZ
660values to the inferior via @code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and
661@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If a register is shared by several
662watchpoints, each time a @code{i386_remove_watchpoint} is called, it
663decrements the reference count, and only calls
664@code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL} when
665the count goes to zero.
666
667@findex i386_insert_hw_breakpoint
668@findex i386_remove_hw_breakpoint
669@item i386_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{addr}, @var{shadow}
670@itemx i386_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{addr}, @var{shadow})
671These functions insert and remove hardware-assisted breakpoints. The
672macros @code{target_insert_hw_breakpoint} and
673@code{target_remove_hw_breakpoint} are set to call these functions.
674These functions work like @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} and
675@code{i386_remove_watchpoint}, respectively, except that they set up
676the debug registers to watch instruction execution, and each
677hardware-assisted breakpoint always requires exactly one debug
678register.
679
680@findex i386_stopped_by_hwbp
681@item i386_stopped_by_hwbp (void)
682This function returns non-zero if the inferior has some watchpoint or
683hardware breakpoint that triggered. It works like
ac77d04f 684@code{i386_stopped_data_address}, except that it doesn't record the
9742079a
EZ
685address whose watchpoint triggered.
686
687@findex i386_cleanup_dregs
688@item i386_cleanup_dregs (void)
689This function clears all the reference counts, addresses, and control
690bits in the mirror images of the debug registers. It doesn't affect
691the actual debug registers in the inferior process.
692@end table
693
694@noindent
695@strong{Notes:}
696@enumerate 1
697@item
698x86 processors support setting watchpoints on I/O reads or writes.
699However, since no target supports this (as of March 2001), and since
700@code{enum target_hw_bp_type} doesn't even have an enumeration for I/O
701watchpoints, this feature is not yet available to @value{GDBN} running
702on x86.
703
704@item
705x86 processors can enable watchpoints locally, for the current task
706only, or globally, for all the tasks. For each debug register,
707there's a bit in the DR7 Debug Control register that determines
708whether the associated address is watched locally or globally. The
709current implementation of x86 watchpoint support in @value{GDBN}
710always sets watchpoints to be locally enabled, since global
711watchpoints might interfere with the underlying OS and are probably
712unavailable in many platforms.
713@end enumerate
714
5c95884b
MS
715@section Checkpoints
716@cindex checkpoints
717@cindex restart
718In the abstract, a checkpoint is a point in the execution history of
719the program, which the user may wish to return to at some later time.
720
721Internally, a checkpoint is a saved copy of the program state, including
722whatever information is required in order to restore the program to that
723state at a later time. This can be expected to include the state of
724registers and memory, and may include external state such as the state
725of open files and devices.
726
727There are a number of ways in which checkpoints may be implemented
728in gdb, eg. as corefiles, as forked processes, and as some opaque
729method implemented on the target side.
730
731A corefile can be used to save an image of target memory and register
732state, which can in principle be restored later --- but corefiles do
733not typically include information about external entities such as
734open files. Currently this method is not implemented in gdb.
735
736A forked process can save the state of user memory and registers,
737as well as some subset of external (kernel) state. This method
738is used to implement checkpoints on Linux, and in principle might
739be used on other systems.
740
741Some targets, eg.@: simulators, might have their own built-in
742method for saving checkpoints, and gdb might be able to take
743advantage of that capability without necessarily knowing any
744details of how it is done.
745
746
bcd7e15f
JB
747@section Observing changes in @value{GDBN} internals
748@cindex observer pattern interface
749@cindex notifications about changes in internals
750
751In order to function properly, several modules need to be notified when
752some changes occur in the @value{GDBN} internals. Traditionally, these
753modules have relied on several paradigms, the most common ones being
754hooks and gdb-events. Unfortunately, none of these paradigms was
755versatile enough to become the standard notification mechanism in
756@value{GDBN}. The fact that they only supported one ``client'' was also
757a strong limitation.
758
759A new paradigm, based on the Observer pattern of the @cite{Design
760Patterns} book, has therefore been implemented. The goal was to provide
761a new interface overcoming the issues with the notification mechanisms
762previously available. This new interface needed to be strongly typed,
763easy to extend, and versatile enough to be used as the standard
764interface when adding new notifications.
765
766See @ref{GDB Observers} for a brief description of the observers
767currently implemented in GDB. The rationale for the current
768implementation is also briefly discussed.
769
c906108c
SS
770@node User Interface
771
772@chapter User Interface
773
25822942 774@value{GDBN} has several user interfaces. Although the command-line interface
c906108c
SS
775is the most common and most familiar, there are others.
776
777@section Command Interpreter
778
56caf160 779@cindex command interpreter
0ee54786 780@cindex CLI
25822942 781The command interpreter in @value{GDBN} is fairly simple. It is designed to
c906108c
SS
782allow for the set of commands to be augmented dynamically, and also
783has a recursive subcommand capability, where the first argument to
784a command may itself direct a lookup on a different command list.
785
56caf160
EZ
786For instance, the @samp{set} command just starts a lookup on the
787@code{setlist} command list, while @samp{set thread} recurses
c906108c
SS
788to the @code{set_thread_cmd_list}.
789
56caf160
EZ
790@findex add_cmd
791@findex add_com
c906108c
SS
792To add commands in general, use @code{add_cmd}. @code{add_com} adds to
793the main command list, and should be used for those commands. The usual
cfeada60 794place to add commands is in the @code{_initialize_@var{xyz}} routines at
9742079a 795the ends of most source files.
cfeada60 796
40dd2248
TT
797@findex add_setshow_cmd
798@findex add_setshow_cmd_full
799To add paired @samp{set} and @samp{show} commands, use
800@code{add_setshow_cmd} or @code{add_setshow_cmd_full}. The former is
801a slightly simpler interface which is useful when you don't need to
802further modify the new command structures, while the latter returns
803the new command structures for manipulation.
804
56caf160
EZ
805@cindex deprecating commands
806@findex deprecate_cmd
cfeada60
FN
807Before removing commands from the command set it is a good idea to
808deprecate them for some time. Use @code{deprecate_cmd} on commands or
809aliases to set the deprecated flag. @code{deprecate_cmd} takes a
810@code{struct cmd_list_element} as it's first argument. You can use the
811return value from @code{add_com} or @code{add_cmd} to deprecate the
812command immediately after it is created.
813
c72e7388 814The first time a command is used the user will be warned and offered a
cfeada60
FN
815replacement (if one exists). Note that the replacement string passed to
816@code{deprecate_cmd} should be the full name of the command, i.e. the
817entire string the user should type at the command line.
c906108c 818
0ee54786
EZ
819@section UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out} Functions
820@c This section is based on the documentation written by Fernando
821@c Nasser <fnasser@redhat.com>.
822
823@cindex @code{ui_out} functions
824The @code{ui_out} functions present an abstraction level for the
825@value{GDBN} output code. They hide the specifics of different user
826interfaces supported by @value{GDBN}, and thus free the programmer
827from the need to write several versions of the same code, one each for
828every UI, to produce output.
829
830@subsection Overview and Terminology
831
832In general, execution of each @value{GDBN} command produces some sort
833of output, and can even generate an input request.
834
835Output can be generated for the following purposes:
836
837@itemize @bullet
838@item
839to display a @emph{result} of an operation;
840
841@item
842to convey @emph{info} or produce side-effects of a requested
843operation;
844
845@item
846to provide a @emph{notification} of an asynchronous event (including
847progress indication of a prolonged asynchronous operation);
848
849@item
850to display @emph{error messages} (including warnings);
851
852@item
853to show @emph{debug data};
854
855@item
856to @emph{query} or prompt a user for input (a special case).
857@end itemize
858
859@noindent
860This section mainly concentrates on how to build result output,
861although some of it also applies to other kinds of output.
862
863Generation of output that displays the results of an operation
864involves one or more of the following:
865
866@itemize @bullet
867@item
868output of the actual data
869
870@item
871formatting the output as appropriate for console output, to make it
872easily readable by humans
873
874@item
875machine oriented formatting--a more terse formatting to allow for easy
876parsing by programs which read @value{GDBN}'s output
877
878@item
c72e7388
AC
879annotation, whose purpose is to help legacy GUIs to identify interesting
880parts in the output
0ee54786
EZ
881@end itemize
882
883The @code{ui_out} routines take care of the first three aspects.
c72e7388
AC
884Annotations are provided by separate annotation routines. Note that use
885of annotations for an interface between a GUI and @value{GDBN} is
0ee54786
EZ
886deprecated.
887
c72e7388
AC
888Output can be in the form of a single item, which we call a @dfn{field};
889a @dfn{list} consisting of identical fields; a @dfn{tuple} consisting of
890non-identical fields; or a @dfn{table}, which is a tuple consisting of a
891header and a body. In a BNF-like form:
0ee54786 892
c72e7388
AC
893@table @code
894@item <table> @expansion{}
895@code{<header> <body>}
896@item <header> @expansion{}
897@code{@{ <column> @}}
898@item <column> @expansion{}
899@code{<width> <alignment> <title>}
900@item <body> @expansion{}
901@code{@{<row>@}}
902@end table
0ee54786
EZ
903
904
905@subsection General Conventions
906
c72e7388
AC
907Most @code{ui_out} routines are of type @code{void}, the exceptions are
908@code{ui_out_stream_new} (which returns a pointer to the newly created
909object) and the @code{make_cleanup} routines.
0ee54786 910
c72e7388
AC
911The first parameter is always the @code{ui_out} vector object, a pointer
912to a @code{struct ui_out}.
0ee54786 913
c72e7388
AC
914The @var{format} parameter is like in @code{printf} family of functions.
915When it is present, there must also be a variable list of arguments
916sufficient used to satisfy the @code{%} specifiers in the supplied
0ee54786
EZ
917format.
918
c72e7388
AC
919When a character string argument is not used in a @code{ui_out} function
920call, a @code{NULL} pointer has to be supplied instead.
0ee54786
EZ
921
922
c72e7388 923@subsection Table, Tuple and List Functions
0ee54786
EZ
924
925@cindex list output functions
926@cindex table output functions
c72e7388
AC
927@cindex tuple output functions
928This section introduces @code{ui_out} routines for building lists,
929tuples and tables. The routines to output the actual data items
930(fields) are presented in the next section.
0ee54786 931
c72e7388
AC
932To recap: A @dfn{tuple} is a sequence of @dfn{fields}, each field
933containing information about an object; a @dfn{list} is a sequence of
934fields where each field describes an identical object.
0ee54786 935
c72e7388
AC
936Use the @dfn{table} functions when your output consists of a list of
937rows (tuples) and the console output should include a heading. Use this
938even when you are listing just one object but you still want the header.
0ee54786
EZ
939
940@cindex nesting level in @code{ui_out} functions
c72e7388
AC
941Tables can not be nested. Tuples and lists can be nested up to a
942maximum of five levels.
0ee54786
EZ
943
944The overall structure of the table output code is something like this:
945
474c8240 946@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
947 ui_out_table_begin
948 ui_out_table_header
c72e7388 949 @dots{}
0ee54786 950 ui_out_table_body
c72e7388 951 ui_out_tuple_begin
0ee54786 952 ui_out_field_*
c72e7388
AC
953 @dots{}
954 ui_out_tuple_end
955 @dots{}
0ee54786 956 ui_out_table_end
474c8240 957@end smallexample
0ee54786 958
c72e7388 959Here is the description of table-, tuple- and list-related @code{ui_out}
0ee54786
EZ
960functions:
961
c72e7388
AC
962@deftypefun void ui_out_table_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nbrofcols}, int @var{nr_rows}, const char *@var{tblid})
963The function @code{ui_out_table_begin} marks the beginning of the output
964of a table. It should always be called before any other @code{ui_out}
965function for a given table. @var{nbrofcols} is the number of columns in
966the table. @var{nr_rows} is the number of rows in the table.
967@var{tblid} is an optional string identifying the table. The string
968pointed to by @var{tblid} is copied by the implementation of
969@code{ui_out_table_begin}, so the application can free the string if it
970was @code{malloc}ed.
0ee54786
EZ
971
972The companion function @code{ui_out_table_end}, described below, marks
973the end of the table's output.
974@end deftypefun
975
c72e7388
AC
976@deftypefun void ui_out_table_header (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{colhdr})
977@code{ui_out_table_header} provides the header information for a single
978table column. You call this function several times, one each for every
979column of the table, after @code{ui_out_table_begin}, but before
980@code{ui_out_table_body}.
0ee54786
EZ
981
982The value of @var{width} gives the column width in characters. The
983value of @var{alignment} is one of @code{left}, @code{center}, and
984@code{right}, and it specifies how to align the header: left-justify,
985center, or right-justify it. @var{colhdr} points to a string that
986specifies the column header; the implementation copies that string, so
c72e7388
AC
987column header strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed after the
988call.
0ee54786
EZ
989@end deftypefun
990
991@deftypefun void ui_out_table_body (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388 992This function delimits the table header from the table body.
0ee54786
EZ
993@end deftypefun
994
995@deftypefun void ui_out_table_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
996This function signals the end of a table's output. It should be called
997after the table body has been produced by the list and field output
998functions.
0ee54786
EZ
999
1000There should be exactly one call to @code{ui_out_table_end} for each
c72e7388
AC
1001call to @code{ui_out_table_begin}, otherwise the @code{ui_out} functions
1002will signal an internal error.
0ee54786
EZ
1003@end deftypefun
1004
c72e7388 1005The output of the tuples that represent the table rows must follow the
0ee54786 1006call to @code{ui_out_table_body} and precede the call to
c72e7388
AC
1007@code{ui_out_table_end}. You build a tuple by calling
1008@code{ui_out_tuple_begin} and @code{ui_out_tuple_end}, with suitable
0ee54786
EZ
1009calls to functions which actually output fields between them.
1010
c72e7388
AC
1011@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1012This function marks the beginning of a tuple output. @var{id} points
1013to an optional string that identifies the tuple; it is copied by the
1014implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1015after the call.
1016@end deftypefun
1017
1018@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1019This function signals an end of a tuple output. There should be exactly
1020one call to @code{ui_out_tuple_end} for each call to
1021@code{ui_out_tuple_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1022be signaled.
1023@end deftypefun
1024
1025@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1026This function first opens the tuple and then establishes a cleanup
1027(@pxref{Coding, Cleanups}) to close the tuple. It provides a convenient
1028and correct implementation of the non-portable@footnote{The function
b9aa90c9 1029cast is not portable ISO C.} code sequence:
c72e7388
AC
1030@smallexample
1031struct cleanup *old_cleanup;
1032ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "...");
1033old_cleanup = make_cleanup ((void(*)(void *)) ui_out_tuple_end,
1034 uiout);
1035@end smallexample
1036@end deftypefun
1037
1038@deftypefun void ui_out_list_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1039This function marks the beginning of a list output. @var{id} points to
1040an optional string that identifies the list; it is copied by the
1041implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1042after the call.
0ee54786
EZ
1043@end deftypefun
1044
1045@deftypefun void ui_out_list_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1046This function signals an end of a list output. There should be exactly
1047one call to @code{ui_out_list_end} for each call to
1048@code{ui_out_list_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1049be signaled.
1050@end deftypefun
1051
1052@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1053Similar to @code{make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end}, this function
1054opens a list and then establishes cleanup (@pxref{Coding, Cleanups})
1055that will close the list.list.
0ee54786
EZ
1056@end deftypefun
1057
1058@subsection Item Output Functions
1059
1060@cindex item output functions
1061@cindex field output functions
1062@cindex data output
1063The functions described below produce output for the actual data
1064items, or fields, which contain information about the object.
1065
1066Choose the appropriate function accordingly to your particular needs.
1067
1068@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{fldname}, char *@var{format}, ...)
1069This is the most general output function. It produces the
1070representation of the data in the variable-length argument list
1071according to formatting specifications in @var{format}, a
1072@code{printf}-like format string. The optional argument @var{fldname}
1073supplies the name of the field. The data items themselves are
1074supplied as additional arguments after @var{format}.
1075
1076This generic function should be used only when it is not possible to
1077use one of the specialized versions (see below).
1078@end deftypefun
1079
c72e7388 1080@deftypefun void ui_out_field_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
0ee54786
EZ
1081This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It uses the
1082@code{"%d"} output conversion specification. @var{fldname} specifies
1083the name of the field.
1084@end deftypefun
8d19fbd2
JJ
1085
1086@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
1087This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It differs from
1088@code{ui_out_field_int} in that the caller specifies the desired @var{width} and @var{alignment} of the output.
1089@var{fldname} specifies
1090the name of the field.
1091@end deftypefun
0ee54786 1092
c72e7388 1093@deftypefun void ui_out_field_core_addr (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
0ee54786
EZ
1094This function outputs an address.
1095@end deftypefun
1096
c72e7388 1097@deftypefun void ui_out_field_string (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1098This function outputs a string using the @code{"%s"} conversion
1099specification.
1100@end deftypefun
1101
1102Sometimes, there's a need to compose your output piece by piece using
1103functions that operate on a stream, such as @code{value_print} or
1104@code{fprintf_symbol_filtered}. These functions accept an argument of
1105the type @code{struct ui_file *}, a pointer to a @code{ui_file} object
1106used to store the data stream used for the output. When you use one
1107of these functions, you need a way to pass their results stored in a
1108@code{ui_file} object to the @code{ui_out} functions. To this end,
1109you first create a @code{ui_stream} object by calling
1110@code{ui_out_stream_new}, pass the @code{stream} member of that
1111@code{ui_stream} object to @code{value_print} and similar functions,
1112and finally call @code{ui_out_field_stream} to output the field you
1113constructed. When the @code{ui_stream} object is no longer needed,
1114you should destroy it and free its memory by calling
1115@code{ui_out_stream_delete}.
1116
1117@deftypefun struct ui_stream *ui_out_stream_new (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1118This function creates a new @code{ui_stream} object which uses the
1119same output methods as the @code{ui_out} object whose pointer is
1120passed in @var{uiout}. It returns a pointer to the newly created
1121@code{ui_stream} object.
1122@end deftypefun
1123
1124@deftypefun void ui_out_stream_delete (struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
1125This functions destroys a @code{ui_stream} object specified by
1126@var{streambuf}.
1127@end deftypefun
1128
c72e7388 1129@deftypefun void ui_out_field_stream (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fieldname}, struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
0ee54786
EZ
1130This function consumes all the data accumulated in
1131@code{streambuf->stream} and outputs it like
1132@code{ui_out_field_string} does. After a call to
1133@code{ui_out_field_stream}, the accumulated data no longer exists, but
1134the stream is still valid and may be used for producing more fields.
1135@end deftypefun
1136
1137@strong{Important:} If there is any chance that your code could bail
1138out before completing output generation and reaching the point where
1139@code{ui_out_stream_delete} is called, it is necessary to set up a
1140cleanup, to avoid leaking memory and other resources. Here's a
1141skeleton code to do that:
1142
1143@smallexample
1144 struct ui_stream *mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1145 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1146 ...
1147 do_cleanups (old);
1148@end smallexample
1149
1150If the function already has the old cleanup chain set (for other kinds
1151of cleanups), you just have to add your cleanup to it:
1152
1153@smallexample
1154 mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1155 make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1156@end smallexample
1157
1158Note that with cleanups in place, you should not call
1159@code{ui_out_stream_delete} directly, or you would attempt to free the
1160same buffer twice.
1161
1162@subsection Utility Output Functions
1163
c72e7388 1164@deftypefun void ui_out_field_skip (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname})
0ee54786
EZ
1165This function skips a field in a table. Use it if you have to leave
1166an empty field without disrupting the table alignment. The argument
1167@var{fldname} specifies a name for the (missing) filed.
1168@end deftypefun
1169
c72e7388 1170@deftypefun void ui_out_text (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1171This function outputs the text in @var{string} in a way that makes it
1172easy to be read by humans. For example, the console implementation of
1173this method filters the text through a built-in pager, to prevent it
1174from scrolling off the visible portion of the screen.
1175
1176Use this function for printing relatively long chunks of text around
1177the actual field data: the text it produces is not aligned according
1178to the table's format. Use @code{ui_out_field_string} to output a
1179string field, and use @code{ui_out_message}, described below, to
1180output short messages.
1181@end deftypefun
1182
1183@deftypefun void ui_out_spaces (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nspaces})
1184This function outputs @var{nspaces} spaces. It is handy to align the
1185text produced by @code{ui_out_text} with the rest of the table or
1186list.
1187@end deftypefun
1188
c72e7388 1189@deftypefun void ui_out_message (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{verbosity}, const char *@var{format}, ...)
0ee54786
EZ
1190This function produces a formatted message, provided that the current
1191verbosity level is at least as large as given by @var{verbosity}. The
1192current verbosity level is specified by the user with the @samp{set
1193verbositylevel} command.@footnote{As of this writing (April 2001),
1194setting verbosity level is not yet implemented, and is always returned
1195as zero. So calling @code{ui_out_message} with a @var{verbosity}
1196argument more than zero will cause the message to never be printed.}
1197@end deftypefun
1198
1199@deftypefun void ui_out_wrap_hint (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{indent})
1200This function gives the console output filter (a paging filter) a hint
1201of where to break lines which are too long. Ignored for all other
1202output consumers. @var{indent}, if non-@code{NULL}, is the string to
1203be printed to indent the wrapped text on the next line; it must remain
1204accessible until the next call to @code{ui_out_wrap_hint}, or until an
1205explicit newline is produced by one of the other functions. If
1206@var{indent} is @code{NULL}, the wrapped text will not be indented.
1207@end deftypefun
1208
1209@deftypefun void ui_out_flush (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1210This function flushes whatever output has been accumulated so far, if
1211the UI buffers output.
1212@end deftypefun
1213
1214
1215@subsection Examples of Use of @code{ui_out} functions
1216
1217@cindex using @code{ui_out} functions
1218@cindex @code{ui_out} functions, usage examples
1219This section gives some practical examples of using the @code{ui_out}
1220functions to generalize the old console-oriented code in
1221@value{GDBN}. The examples all come from functions defined on the
1222@file{breakpoints.c} file.
1223
1224This example, from the @code{breakpoint_1} function, shows how to
1225produce a table.
1226
1227The original code was:
1228
474c8240 1229@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1230 if (!found_a_breakpoint++)
1231 @{
1232 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1233
1234 annotate_field (0);
1235 printf_filtered ("Num ");
1236 annotate_field (1);
1237 printf_filtered ("Type ");
1238 annotate_field (2);
1239 printf_filtered ("Disp ");
1240 annotate_field (3);
1241 printf_filtered ("Enb ");
1242 if (addressprint)
1243 @{
1244 annotate_field (4);
1245 printf_filtered ("Address ");
1246 @}
1247 annotate_field (5);
1248 printf_filtered ("What\n");
1249
1250 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
1251 @}
474c8240 1252@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1253
1254Here's the new version:
1255
474c8240 1256@smallexample
c72e7388
AC
1257 nr_printable_breakpoints = @dots{};
1258
1259 if (addressprint)
1260 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1261 else
1262 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1263
1264 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1265 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1266 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1267 annotate_field (0);
1268 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
1269 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1270 annotate_field (1);
1271 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
1272 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1273 annotate_field (2);
1274 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
1275 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1276 annotate_field (3);
1277 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
1278 if (addressprint)
1279 @{
1280 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1281 annotate_field (4);
1282 if (TARGET_ADDR_BIT <= 32)
1283 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
0ee54786 1284 else
c72e7388
AC
1285 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
1286 @}
1287 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1288 annotate_field (5);
1289 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
1290 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
1291 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1292 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
474c8240 1293@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1294
1295This example, from the @code{print_one_breakpoint} function, shows how
1296to produce the actual data for the table whose structure was defined
1297in the above example. The original code was:
1298
474c8240 1299@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1300 annotate_record ();
1301 annotate_field (0);
1302 printf_filtered ("%-3d ", b->number);
1303 annotate_field (1);
1304 if ((int)b->type > (sizeof(bptypes)/sizeof(bptypes[0]))
1305 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1306 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1307 (int)b->type);
1308 printf_filtered ("%-14s ", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1309 annotate_field (2);
1310 printf_filtered ("%-4s ", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1311 annotate_field (3);
1312 printf_filtered ("%-3c ", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1313 @dots{}
474c8240 1314@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1315
1316This is the new version:
1317
474c8240 1318@smallexample
0ee54786 1319 annotate_record ();
c72e7388 1320 ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "bkpt");
0ee54786
EZ
1321 annotate_field (0);
1322 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
1323 annotate_field (1);
1324 if (((int) b->type > (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
1325 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1326 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1327 (int) b->type);
1328 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1329 annotate_field (2);
1330 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1331 annotate_field (3);
1332 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1333 @dots{}
474c8240 1334@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1335
1336This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to
1337produce a complicated output field using the @code{print_expression}
1338functions which requires a stream to be passed. It also shows how to
1339automate stream destruction with cleanups. The original code was:
1340
474c8240 1341@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1342 annotate_field (5);
1343 print_expression (b->exp, gdb_stdout);
474c8240 1344@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1345
1346The new version is:
1347
474c8240 1348@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1349 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1350 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
1351 ...
1352 annotate_field (5);
1353 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
1354 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", local_stream);
474c8240 1355@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1356
1357This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to use
1358@code{ui_out_text} and @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original code
1359was:
1360
474c8240 1361@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1362 annotate_field (5);
1363 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1364 printf_filtered ("<any library> ");
1365 else
1366 printf_filtered ("library \"%s\" ", b->dll_pathname);
474c8240 1367@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1368
1369It became:
1370
474c8240 1371@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1372 annotate_field (5);
1373 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1374 @{
1375 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
1376 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1377 @}
1378 else
1379 @{
1380 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
1381 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
1382 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1383 @}
474c8240 1384@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1385
1386The following example from @code{print_one_breakpoint} shows how to
1387use @code{ui_out_field_int} and @code{ui_out_spaces}. The original
1388code was:
1389
474c8240 1390@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1391 annotate_field (5);
1392 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1393 printf_filtered ("process %d ", b->forked_inferior_pid);
474c8240 1394@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1395
1396It became:
1397
474c8240 1398@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1399 annotate_field (5);
1400 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1401 @{
1402 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
1403 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
1404 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1405 @}
474c8240 1406@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1407
1408Here's an example of using @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original
1409code was:
1410
474c8240 1411@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1412 annotate_field (5);
1413 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1414 printf_filtered ("program \"%s\" ", b->exec_pathname);
474c8240 1415@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1416
1417It became:
1418
474c8240 1419@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1420 annotate_field (5);
1421 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1422 @{
1423 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
1424 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
1425 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1426 @}
474c8240 1427@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1428
1429Finally, here's an example of printing an address. The original code:
1430
474c8240 1431@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1432 annotate_field (4);
1433 printf_filtered ("%s ",
15a661f3 1434 hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) b->address, 8));
474c8240 1435@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1436
1437It became:
1438
474c8240 1439@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1440 annotate_field (4);
1441 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "Address", b->address);
474c8240 1442@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1443
1444
c906108c
SS
1445@section Console Printing
1446
1447@section TUI
1448
89437448 1449@node libgdb
c906108c 1450
89437448
AC
1451@chapter libgdb
1452
1453@section libgdb 1.0
1454@cindex @code{libgdb}
1455@code{libgdb} 1.0 was an abortive project of years ago. The theory was
1456to provide an API to @value{GDBN}'s functionality.
1457
1458@section libgdb 2.0
56caf160 1459@cindex @code{libgdb}
89437448
AC
1460@code{libgdb} 2.0 is an ongoing effort to update @value{GDBN} so that is
1461better able to support graphical and other environments.
1462
1463Since @code{libgdb} development is on-going, its architecture is still
1464evolving. The following components have so far been identified:
1465
1466@itemize @bullet
1467@item
1468Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}.
1469@item
1470Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1471@item
1472Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1473@item
1474Library - @file{gdb.h}
1475@end itemize
1476
1477The model that ties these components together is described below.
1478
1479@section The @code{libgdb} Model
1480
1481A client of @code{libgdb} interacts with the library in two ways.
1482
1483@itemize @bullet
1484@item
1485As an observer (using @file{gdb-events}) receiving notifications from
1486@code{libgdb} of any internal state changes (break point changes, run
1487state, etc).
1488@item
1489As a client querying @code{libgdb} (using the @file{ui-out} builder) to
1490obtain various status values from @value{GDBN}.
1491@end itemize
1492
c1468174 1493Since @code{libgdb} could have multiple clients (e.g., a GUI supporting
89437448
AC
1494the existing @value{GDBN} CLI), those clients must co-operate when
1495controlling @code{libgdb}. In particular, a client must ensure that
1496@code{libgdb} is idle (i.e. no other client is using @code{libgdb})
1497before responding to a @file{gdb-event} by making a query.
1498
1499@section CLI support
1500
1501At present @value{GDBN}'s CLI is very much entangled in with the core of
1502@code{libgdb}. Consequently, a client wishing to include the CLI in
1503their interface needs to carefully co-ordinate its own and the CLI's
1504requirements.
1505
1506It is suggested that the client set @code{libgdb} up to be bi-modal
1507(alternate between CLI and client query modes). The notes below sketch
1508out the theory:
1509
1510@itemize @bullet
1511@item
1512The client registers itself as an observer of @code{libgdb}.
1513@item
1514The client create and install @code{cli-out} builder using its own
1515versions of the @code{ui-file} @code{gdb_stderr}, @code{gdb_stdtarg} and
1516@code{gdb_stdout} streams.
1517@item
1518The client creates a separate custom @code{ui-out} builder that is only
1519used while making direct queries to @code{libgdb}.
1520@end itemize
1521
1522When the client receives input intended for the CLI, it simply passes it
1523along. Since the @code{cli-out} builder is installed by default, all
1524the CLI output in response to that command is routed (pronounced rooted)
1525through to the client controlled @code{gdb_stdout} et.@: al.@: streams.
1526At the same time, the client is kept abreast of internal changes by
1527virtue of being a @code{libgdb} observer.
1528
1529The only restriction on the client is that it must wait until
1530@code{libgdb} becomes idle before initiating any queries (using the
1531client's custom builder).
1532
1533@section @code{libgdb} components
1534
1535@subheading Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}
1536@file{gdb-events} provides the client with a very raw mechanism that can
1537be used to implement an observer. At present it only allows for one
1538observer and that observer must, internally, handle the need to delay
1539the processing of any event notifications until after @code{libgdb} has
1540finished the current command.
1541
1542@subheading Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1543@file{ui-out} provides the infrastructure necessary for a client to
1544create a builder. That builder is then passed down to @code{libgdb}
1545when doing any queries.
1546
1547@subheading Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1548@c There could be an entire section on the event-loop
1549@file{event-loop}, currently non-re-entrant, provides a simple event
1550loop. A client would need to either plug its self into this loop or,
1551implement a new event-loop that GDB would use.
1552
1553The event-loop will eventually be made re-entrant. This is so that
a9f12a31 1554@value{GDBN} can better handle the problem of some commands blocking
89437448
AC
1555instead of returning.
1556
1557@subheading Library - @file{gdb.h}
1558@file{libgdb} is the most obvious component of this system. It provides
1559the query interface. Each function is parameterized by a @code{ui-out}
1560builder. The result of the query is constructed using that builder
1561before the query function returns.
c906108c
SS
1562
1563@node Symbol Handling
1564
1565@chapter Symbol Handling
1566
25822942 1567Symbols are a key part of @value{GDBN}'s operation. Symbols include variables,
c906108c
SS
1568functions, and types.
1569
1570@section Symbol Reading
1571
56caf160
EZ
1572@cindex symbol reading
1573@cindex reading of symbols
1574@cindex symbol files
1575@value{GDBN} reads symbols from @dfn{symbol files}. The usual symbol
1576file is the file containing the program which @value{GDBN} is
1577debugging. @value{GDBN} can be directed to use a different file for
1578symbols (with the @samp{symbol-file} command), and it can also read
1579more symbols via the @samp{add-file} and @samp{load} commands, or while
1580reading symbols from shared libraries.
1581
1582@findex find_sym_fns
1583Symbol files are initially opened by code in @file{symfile.c} using
1584the BFD library (@pxref{Support Libraries}). BFD identifies the type
1585of the file by examining its header. @code{find_sym_fns} then uses
1586this identification to locate a set of symbol-reading functions.
1587
1588@findex add_symtab_fns
1589@cindex @code{sym_fns} structure
1590@cindex adding a symbol-reading module
1591Symbol-reading modules identify themselves to @value{GDBN} by calling
c906108c
SS
1592@code{add_symtab_fns} during their module initialization. The argument
1593to @code{add_symtab_fns} is a @code{struct sym_fns} which contains the
1594name (or name prefix) of the symbol format, the length of the prefix,
1595and pointers to four functions. These functions are called at various
56caf160 1596times to process symbol files whose identification matches the specified
c906108c
SS
1597prefix.
1598
1599The functions supplied by each module are:
1600
1601@table @code
1602@item @var{xyz}_symfile_init(struct sym_fns *sf)
1603
56caf160 1604@cindex secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
1605Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when we are about to read a new
1606symbol file. This function should clean up any internal state (possibly
1607resulting from half-read previous files, for example) and prepare to
56caf160
EZ
1608read a new symbol file. Note that the symbol file which we are reading
1609might be a new ``main'' symbol file, or might be a secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
1610whose symbols are being added to the existing symbol table.
1611
1612The argument to @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init} is a newly allocated
1613@code{struct sym_fns} whose @code{bfd} field contains the BFD for the
1614new symbol file being read. Its @code{private} field has been zeroed,
1615and can be modified as desired. Typically, a struct of private
1616information will be @code{malloc}'d, and a pointer to it will be placed
1617in the @code{private} field.
1618
1619There is no result from @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, but it can call
1620@code{error} if it detects an unavoidable problem.
1621
1622@item @var{xyz}_new_init()
1623
1624Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when discarding existing symbols.
56caf160
EZ
1625This function needs only handle the symbol-reading module's internal
1626state; the symbol table data structures visible to the rest of
1627@value{GDBN} will be discarded by @code{symbol_file_add}. It has no
1628arguments and no result. It may be called after
1629@code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, if a new symbol table is being read, or
1630may be called alone if all symbols are simply being discarded.
c906108c
SS
1631
1632@item @var{xyz}_symfile_read(struct sym_fns *sf, CORE_ADDR addr, int mainline)
1633
1634Called from @code{symbol_file_add} to actually read the symbols from a
1635symbol-file into a set of psymtabs or symtabs.
1636
56caf160 1637@code{sf} points to the @code{struct sym_fns} originally passed to
c906108c
SS
1638@code{@var{xyz}_sym_init} for possible initialization. @code{addr} is
1639the offset between the file's specified start address and its true
1640address in memory. @code{mainline} is 1 if this is the main symbol
c1468174 1641table being read, and 0 if a secondary symbol file (e.g., shared library
c906108c
SS
1642or dynamically loaded file) is being read.@refill
1643@end table
1644
1645In addition, if a symbol-reading module creates psymtabs when
1646@var{xyz}_symfile_read is called, these psymtabs will contain a pointer
1647to a function @code{@var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab}, which can be called
25822942 1648from any point in the @value{GDBN} symbol-handling code.
c906108c
SS
1649
1650@table @code
1651@item @var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)
1652
56caf160 1653Called from @code{psymtab_to_symtab} (or the @code{PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB} macro) if
c906108c
SS
1654the psymtab has not already been read in and had its @code{pst->symtab}
1655pointer set. The argument is the psymtab to be fleshed-out into a
56caf160
EZ
1656symtab. Upon return, @code{pst->readin} should have been set to 1, and
1657@code{pst->symtab} should contain a pointer to the new corresponding symtab, or
c906108c
SS
1658zero if there were no symbols in that part of the symbol file.
1659@end table
1660
1661@section Partial Symbol Tables
1662
56caf160 1663@value{GDBN} has three types of symbol tables:
c906108c
SS
1664
1665@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
1666@cindex full symbol table
1667@cindex symtabs
1668@item
1669Full symbol tables (@dfn{symtabs}). These contain the main
1670information about symbols and addresses.
c906108c 1671
56caf160
EZ
1672@cindex psymtabs
1673@item
1674Partial symbol tables (@dfn{psymtabs}). These contain enough
c906108c
SS
1675information to know when to read the corresponding part of the full
1676symbol table.
1677
56caf160
EZ
1678@cindex minimal symbol table
1679@cindex minsymtabs
1680@item
1681Minimal symbol tables (@dfn{msymtabs}). These contain information
c906108c 1682gleaned from non-debugging symbols.
c906108c
SS
1683@end itemize
1684
56caf160 1685@cindex partial symbol table
c906108c
SS
1686This section describes partial symbol tables.
1687
1688A psymtab is constructed by doing a very quick pass over an executable
1689file's debugging information. Small amounts of information are
56caf160 1690extracted---enough to identify which parts of the symbol table will
c906108c 1691need to be re-read and fully digested later, when the user needs the
25822942 1692information. The speed of this pass causes @value{GDBN} to start up very
c906108c
SS
1693quickly. Later, as the detailed rereading occurs, it occurs in small
1694pieces, at various times, and the delay therefrom is mostly invisible to
1695the user.
1696@c (@xref{Symbol Reading}.)
1697
1698The symbols that show up in a file's psymtab should be, roughly, those
1699visible to the debugger's user when the program is not running code from
1700that file. These include external symbols and types, static symbols and
56caf160 1701types, and @code{enum} values declared at file scope.
c906108c
SS
1702
1703The psymtab also contains the range of instruction addresses that the
1704full symbol table would represent.
1705
56caf160
EZ
1706@cindex finding a symbol
1707@cindex symbol lookup
c906108c
SS
1708The idea is that there are only two ways for the user (or much of the
1709code in the debugger) to reference a symbol:
1710
1711@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
1712@findex find_pc_function
1713@findex find_pc_line
1714@item
c1468174 1715By its address (e.g., execution stops at some address which is inside a
56caf160
EZ
1716function in this file). The address will be noticed to be in the
1717range of this psymtab, and the full symtab will be read in.
1718@code{find_pc_function}, @code{find_pc_line}, and other
1719@code{find_pc_@dots{}} functions handle this.
c906108c 1720
56caf160
EZ
1721@cindex lookup_symbol
1722@item
1723By its name
c1468174 1724(e.g., the user asks to print a variable, or set a breakpoint on a
c906108c
SS
1725function). Global names and file-scope names will be found in the
1726psymtab, which will cause the symtab to be pulled in. Local names will
1727have to be qualified by a global name, or a file-scope name, in which
1728case we will have already read in the symtab as we evaluated the
56caf160 1729qualifier. Or, a local symbol can be referenced when we are ``in'' a
c906108c
SS
1730local scope, in which case the first case applies. @code{lookup_symbol}
1731does most of the work here.
c906108c
SS
1732@end itemize
1733
1734The only reason that psymtabs exist is to cause a symtab to be read in
1735at the right moment. Any symbol that can be elided from a psymtab,
1736while still causing that to happen, should not appear in it. Since
1737psymtabs don't have the idea of scope, you can't put local symbols in
1738them anyway. Psymtabs don't have the idea of the type of a symbol,
1739either, so types need not appear, unless they will be referenced by
1740name.
1741
56caf160
EZ
1742It is a bug for @value{GDBN} to behave one way when only a psymtab has
1743been read, and another way if the corresponding symtab has been read
1744in. Such bugs are typically caused by a psymtab that does not contain
1745all the visible symbols, or which has the wrong instruction address
1746ranges.
c906108c 1747
56caf160 1748The psymtab for a particular section of a symbol file (objfile) could be
c906108c
SS
1749thrown away after the symtab has been read in. The symtab should always
1750be searched before the psymtab, so the psymtab will never be used (in a
1751bug-free environment). Currently, psymtabs are allocated on an obstack,
1752and all the psymbols themselves are allocated in a pair of large arrays
1753on an obstack, so there is little to be gained by trying to free them
1754unless you want to do a lot more work.
1755
1756@section Types
1757
56caf160 1758@unnumberedsubsec Fundamental Types (e.g., @code{FT_VOID}, @code{FT_BOOLEAN}).
c906108c 1759
56caf160 1760@cindex fundamental types
25822942 1761These are the fundamental types that @value{GDBN} uses internally. Fundamental
c906108c
SS
1762types from the various debugging formats (stabs, ELF, etc) are mapped
1763into one of these. They are basically a union of all fundamental types
56caf160
EZ
1764that @value{GDBN} knows about for all the languages that @value{GDBN}
1765knows about.
c906108c 1766
56caf160 1767@unnumberedsubsec Type Codes (e.g., @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}, @code{TYPE_CODE_ARRAY}).
c906108c 1768
56caf160
EZ
1769@cindex type codes
1770Each time @value{GDBN} builds an internal type, it marks it with one
1771of these types. The type may be a fundamental type, such as
1772@code{TYPE_CODE_INT}, or a derived type, such as @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}
1773which is a pointer to another type. Typically, several @code{FT_*}
1774types map to one @code{TYPE_CODE_*} type, and are distinguished by
1775other members of the type struct, such as whether the type is signed
1776or unsigned, and how many bits it uses.
c906108c 1777
56caf160 1778@unnumberedsubsec Builtin Types (e.g., @code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_char}).
c906108c
SS
1779
1780These are instances of type structs that roughly correspond to
56caf160
EZ
1781fundamental types and are created as global types for @value{GDBN} to
1782use for various ugly historical reasons. We eventually want to
1783eliminate these. Note for example that @code{builtin_type_int}
1784initialized in @file{gdbtypes.c} is basically the same as a
1785@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} type that is initialized in @file{c-lang.c} for
1786an @code{FT_INTEGER} fundamental type. The difference is that the
1787@code{builtin_type} is not associated with any particular objfile, and
1788only one instance exists, while @file{c-lang.c} builds as many
1789@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} types as needed, with each one associated with
1790some particular objfile.
c906108c
SS
1791
1792@section Object File Formats
56caf160 1793@cindex object file formats
c906108c
SS
1794
1795@subsection a.out
1796
56caf160
EZ
1797@cindex @code{a.out} format
1798The @code{a.out} format is the original file format for Unix. It
1799consists of three sections: @code{text}, @code{data}, and @code{bss},
1800which are for program code, initialized data, and uninitialized data,
1801respectively.
c906108c 1802
56caf160 1803The @code{a.out} format is so simple that it doesn't have any reserved
c906108c 1804place for debugging information. (Hey, the original Unix hackers used
56caf160
EZ
1805@samp{adb}, which is a machine-language debugger!) The only debugging
1806format for @code{a.out} is stabs, which is encoded as a set of normal
c906108c
SS
1807symbols with distinctive attributes.
1808
56caf160 1809The basic @code{a.out} reader is in @file{dbxread.c}.
c906108c
SS
1810
1811@subsection COFF
1812
56caf160 1813@cindex COFF format
c906108c
SS
1814The COFF format was introduced with System V Release 3 (SVR3) Unix.
1815COFF files may have multiple sections, each prefixed by a header. The
1816number of sections is limited.
1817
1818The COFF specification includes support for debugging. Although this
1819was a step forward, the debugging information was woefully limited. For
1820instance, it was not possible to represent code that came from an
1821included file.
1822
1823The COFF reader is in @file{coffread.c}.
1824
1825@subsection ECOFF
1826
56caf160 1827@cindex ECOFF format
c906108c
SS
1828ECOFF is an extended COFF originally introduced for Mips and Alpha
1829workstations.
1830
1831The basic ECOFF reader is in @file{mipsread.c}.
1832
1833@subsection XCOFF
1834
56caf160 1835@cindex XCOFF format
c906108c
SS
1836The IBM RS/6000 running AIX uses an object file format called XCOFF.
1837The COFF sections, symbols, and line numbers are used, but debugging
56caf160
EZ
1838symbols are @code{dbx}-style stabs whose strings are located in the
1839@code{.debug} section (rather than the string table). For more
1840information, see @ref{Top,,,stabs,The Stabs Debugging Format}.
c906108c
SS
1841
1842The shared library scheme has a clean interface for figuring out what
1843shared libraries are in use, but the catch is that everything which
1844refers to addresses (symbol tables and breakpoints at least) needs to be
1845relocated for both shared libraries and the main executable. At least
1846using the standard mechanism this can only be done once the program has
1847been run (or the core file has been read).
1848
1849@subsection PE
1850
56caf160
EZ
1851@cindex PE-COFF format
1852Windows 95 and NT use the PE (@dfn{Portable Executable}) format for their
c906108c
SS
1853executables. PE is basically COFF with additional headers.
1854
25822942 1855While BFD includes special PE support, @value{GDBN} needs only the basic
c906108c
SS
1856COFF reader.
1857
1858@subsection ELF
1859
56caf160 1860@cindex ELF format
c906108c
SS
1861The ELF format came with System V Release 4 (SVR4) Unix. ELF is similar
1862to COFF in being organized into a number of sections, but it removes
1863many of COFF's limitations.
1864
1865The basic ELF reader is in @file{elfread.c}.
1866
1867@subsection SOM
1868
56caf160 1869@cindex SOM format
c906108c
SS
1870SOM is HP's object file and debug format (not to be confused with IBM's
1871SOM, which is a cross-language ABI).
1872
1873The SOM reader is in @file{hpread.c}.
1874
1875@subsection Other File Formats
1876
56caf160 1877@cindex Netware Loadable Module format
25822942 1878Other file formats that have been supported by @value{GDBN} include Netware
4a98ee0e 1879Loadable Modules (@file{nlmread.c}).
c906108c
SS
1880
1881@section Debugging File Formats
1882
1883This section describes characteristics of debugging information that
1884are independent of the object file format.
1885
1886@subsection stabs
1887
56caf160 1888@cindex stabs debugging info
c906108c
SS
1889@code{stabs} started out as special symbols within the @code{a.out}
1890format. Since then, it has been encapsulated into other file
1891formats, such as COFF and ELF.
1892
1893While @file{dbxread.c} does some of the basic stab processing,
1894including for encapsulated versions, @file{stabsread.c} does
1895the real work.
1896
1897@subsection COFF
1898
56caf160 1899@cindex COFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
1900The basic COFF definition includes debugging information. The level
1901of support is minimal and non-extensible, and is not often used.
1902
1903@subsection Mips debug (Third Eye)
1904
56caf160 1905@cindex ECOFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
1906ECOFF includes a definition of a special debug format.
1907
1908The file @file{mdebugread.c} implements reading for this format.
1909
1910@subsection DWARF 1
1911
56caf160 1912@cindex DWARF 1 debugging info
c906108c
SS
1913DWARF 1 is a debugging format that was originally designed to be
1914used with ELF in SVR4 systems.
1915
c906108c
SS
1916@c GCC_PRODUCER
1917@c GPLUS_PRODUCER
1918@c LCC_PRODUCER
1919@c If defined, these are the producer strings in a DWARF 1 file. All of
1920@c these have reasonable defaults already.
1921
1922The DWARF 1 reader is in @file{dwarfread.c}.
1923
1924@subsection DWARF 2
1925
56caf160 1926@cindex DWARF 2 debugging info
c906108c
SS
1927DWARF 2 is an improved but incompatible version of DWARF 1.
1928
1929The DWARF 2 reader is in @file{dwarf2read.c}.
1930
1931@subsection SOM
1932
56caf160 1933@cindex SOM debugging info
c906108c
SS
1934Like COFF, the SOM definition includes debugging information.
1935
25822942 1936@section Adding a New Symbol Reader to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 1937
56caf160
EZ
1938@cindex adding debugging info reader
1939If you are using an existing object file format (@code{a.out}, COFF, ELF, etc),
c906108c
SS
1940there is probably little to be done.
1941
1942If you need to add a new object file format, you must first add it to
1943BFD. This is beyond the scope of this document.
1944
1945You must then arrange for the BFD code to provide access to the
25822942 1946debugging symbols. Generally @value{GDBN} will have to call swapping routines
c906108c 1947from BFD and a few other BFD internal routines to locate the debugging
25822942 1948information. As much as possible, @value{GDBN} should not depend on the BFD
c906108c
SS
1949internal data structures.
1950
1951For some targets (e.g., COFF), there is a special transfer vector used
1952to call swapping routines, since the external data structures on various
1953platforms have different sizes and layouts. Specialized routines that
1954will only ever be implemented by one object file format may be called
1955directly. This interface should be described in a file
56caf160 1956@file{bfd/lib@var{xyz}.h}, which is included by @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
1957
1958
1959@node Language Support
1960
1961@chapter Language Support
1962
56caf160
EZ
1963@cindex language support
1964@value{GDBN}'s language support is mainly driven by the symbol reader,
1965although it is possible for the user to set the source language
1966manually.
c906108c 1967
56caf160
EZ
1968@value{GDBN} chooses the source language by looking at the extension
1969of the file recorded in the debug info; @file{.c} means C, @file{.f}
1970means Fortran, etc. It may also use a special-purpose language
1971identifier if the debug format supports it, like with DWARF.
c906108c 1972
25822942 1973@section Adding a Source Language to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 1974
56caf160
EZ
1975@cindex adding source language
1976To add other languages to @value{GDBN}'s expression parser, follow the
1977following steps:
c906108c
SS
1978
1979@table @emph
1980@item Create the expression parser.
1981
56caf160 1982@cindex expression parser
c906108c 1983This should reside in a file @file{@var{lang}-exp.y}. Routines for
56caf160 1984building parsed expressions into a @code{union exp_element} list are in
c906108c
SS
1985@file{parse.c}.
1986
56caf160 1987@cindex language parser
c906108c
SS
1988Since we can't depend upon everyone having Bison, and YACC produces
1989parsers that define a bunch of global names, the following lines
56caf160 1990@strong{must} be included at the top of the YACC parser, to prevent the
c906108c
SS
1991various parsers from defining the same global names:
1992
474c8240 1993@smallexample
56caf160
EZ
1994#define yyparse @var{lang}_parse
1995#define yylex @var{lang}_lex
1996#define yyerror @var{lang}_error
1997#define yylval @var{lang}_lval
1998#define yychar @var{lang}_char
1999#define yydebug @var{lang}_debug
2000#define yypact @var{lang}_pact
2001#define yyr1 @var{lang}_r1
2002#define yyr2 @var{lang}_r2
2003#define yydef @var{lang}_def
2004#define yychk @var{lang}_chk
2005#define yypgo @var{lang}_pgo
2006#define yyact @var{lang}_act
2007#define yyexca @var{lang}_exca
2008#define yyerrflag @var{lang}_errflag
2009#define yynerrs @var{lang}_nerrs
474c8240 2010@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
2011
2012At the bottom of your parser, define a @code{struct language_defn} and
2013initialize it with the right values for your language. Define an
2014@code{initialize_@var{lang}} routine and have it call
25822942 2015@samp{add_language(@var{lang}_language_defn)} to tell the rest of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
2016that your language exists. You'll need some other supporting variables
2017and functions, which will be used via pointers from your
2018@code{@var{lang}_language_defn}. See the declaration of @code{struct
2019language_defn} in @file{language.h}, and the other @file{*-exp.y} files,
2020for more information.
2021
2022@item Add any evaluation routines, if necessary
2023
56caf160
EZ
2024@cindex expression evaluation routines
2025@findex evaluate_subexp
2026@findex prefixify_subexp
2027@findex length_of_subexp
c906108c
SS
2028If you need new opcodes (that represent the operations of the language),
2029add them to the enumerated type in @file{expression.h}. Add support
56caf160
EZ
2030code for these operations in the @code{evaluate_subexp} function
2031defined in the file @file{eval.c}. Add cases
c906108c 2032for new opcodes in two functions from @file{parse.c}:
56caf160 2033@code{prefixify_subexp} and @code{length_of_subexp}. These compute
c906108c
SS
2034the number of @code{exp_element}s that a given operation takes up.
2035
2036@item Update some existing code
2037
2038Add an enumerated identifier for your language to the enumerated type
2039@code{enum language} in @file{defs.h}.
2040
2041Update the routines in @file{language.c} so your language is included.
2042These routines include type predicates and such, which (in some cases)
2043are language dependent. If your language does not appear in the switch
2044statement, an error is reported.
2045
56caf160 2046@vindex current_language
c906108c
SS
2047Also included in @file{language.c} is the code that updates the variable
2048@code{current_language}, and the routines that translate the
2049@code{language_@var{lang}} enumerated identifier into a printable
2050string.
2051
56caf160 2052@findex _initialize_language
c906108c
SS
2053Update the function @code{_initialize_language} to include your
2054language. This function picks the default language upon startup, so is
25822942 2055dependent upon which languages that @value{GDBN} is built for.
c906108c 2056
56caf160 2057@findex allocate_symtab
c906108c
SS
2058Update @code{allocate_symtab} in @file{symfile.c} and/or symbol-reading
2059code so that the language of each symtab (source file) is set properly.
2060This is used to determine the language to use at each stack frame level.
2061Currently, the language is set based upon the extension of the source
2062file. If the language can be better inferred from the symbol
2063information, please set the language of the symtab in the symbol-reading
2064code.
2065
56caf160
EZ
2066@findex print_subexp
2067@findex op_print_tab
2068Add helper code to @code{print_subexp} (in @file{expprint.c}) to handle any new
c906108c
SS
2069expression opcodes you have added to @file{expression.h}. Also, add the
2070printed representations of your operators to @code{op_print_tab}.
2071
2072@item Add a place of call
2073
56caf160 2074@findex parse_exp_1
c906108c 2075Add a call to @code{@var{lang}_parse()} and @code{@var{lang}_error} in
56caf160 2076@code{parse_exp_1} (defined in @file{parse.c}).
c906108c
SS
2077
2078@item Use macros to trim code
2079
56caf160 2080@cindex trimming language-dependent code
25822942
DB
2081The user has the option of building @value{GDBN} for some or all of the
2082languages. If the user decides to build @value{GDBN} for the language
c906108c
SS
2083@var{lang}, then every file dependent on @file{language.h} will have the
2084macro @code{_LANG_@var{lang}} defined in it. Use @code{#ifdef}s to
2085leave out large routines that the user won't need if he or she is not
2086using your language.
2087
25822942 2088Note that you do not need to do this in your YACC parser, since if @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2089is not build for @var{lang}, then @file{@var{lang}-exp.tab.o} (the
25822942 2090compiled form of your parser) is not linked into @value{GDBN} at all.
c906108c 2091
56caf160
EZ
2092See the file @file{configure.in} for how @value{GDBN} is configured
2093for different languages.
c906108c
SS
2094
2095@item Edit @file{Makefile.in}
2096
2097Add dependencies in @file{Makefile.in}. Make sure you update the macro
2098variables such as @code{HFILES} and @code{OBJS}, otherwise your code may
2099not get linked in, or, worse yet, it may not get @code{tar}red into the
2100distribution!
c906108c
SS
2101@end table
2102
2103
2104@node Host Definition
2105
2106@chapter Host Definition
2107
56caf160 2108With the advent of Autoconf, it's rarely necessary to have host
7fd60527
AC
2109definition machinery anymore. The following information is provided,
2110mainly, as an historical reference.
c906108c
SS
2111
2112@section Adding a New Host
2113
56caf160
EZ
2114@cindex adding a new host
2115@cindex host, adding
7fd60527
AC
2116@value{GDBN}'s host configuration support normally happens via Autoconf.
2117New host-specific definitions should not be needed. Older hosts
2118@value{GDBN} still use the host-specific definitions and files listed
2119below, but these mostly exist for historical reasons, and will
56caf160 2120eventually disappear.
c906108c 2121
c906108c 2122@table @file
c906108c 2123@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527
AC
2124This file once contained both host and native configuration information
2125(@pxref{Native Debugging}) for the machine @var{xyz}. The host
2126configuration information is now handed by Autoconf.
2127
2128Host configuration information included a definition of
2129@code{XM_FILE=xm-@var{xyz}.h} and possibly definitions for @code{CC},
7708fa01
AC
2130@code{SYSV_DEFINE}, @code{XM_CFLAGS}, @code{XM_ADD_FILES},
2131@code{XM_CLIBS}, @code{XM_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 2132
7fd60527
AC
2133New host only configurations do not need this file.
2134
c906108c 2135@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/xm-@var{xyz}.h
7fd60527
AC
2136This file once contained definitions and includes required when hosting
2137gdb on machine @var{xyz}. Those definitions and includes are now
2138handled by Autoconf.
2139
2140New host and native configurations do not need this file.
2141
2142@emph{Maintainer's note: Some hosts continue to use the @file{xm-xyz.h}
2143file to define the macros @var{HOST_FLOAT_FORMAT},
2144@var{HOST_DOUBLE_FORMAT} and @var{HOST_LONG_DOUBLE_FORMAT}. That code
2145also needs to be replaced with either an Autoconf or run-time test.}
c906108c 2146
c906108c
SS
2147@end table
2148
2149@subheading Generic Host Support Files
2150
56caf160 2151@cindex generic host support
c906108c
SS
2152There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
2153various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
2154defined in your @file{xm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
2155the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
2156@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{XDEPFILES}.
2157
2158Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
2159to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
2160Put them into @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.c}, and put @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.o}
2161into @code{XDEPFILES}.
2162
2163@table @file
56caf160
EZ
2164@cindex remote debugging support
2165@cindex serial line support
c906108c
SS
2166@item ser-unix.c
2167This contains serial line support for Unix systems. This is always
2168included, via the makefile variable @code{SER_HARDWIRE}; override this
2169variable in the @file{.mh} file to avoid it.
2170
2171@item ser-go32.c
2172This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under DOS,
56caf160 2173using the DJGPP (a.k.a.@: GO32) execution environment.
c906108c 2174
56caf160 2175@cindex TCP remote support
c906108c
SS
2176@item ser-tcp.c
2177This contains generic TCP support using sockets.
c906108c
SS
2178@end table
2179
2180@section Host Conditionals
2181
56caf160
EZ
2182When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
2183defined or left undefined, to control compilation based on the
2184attributes of the host system. These macros and their meanings (or if
2185the meaning is not documented here, then one of the source files where
2186they are used is indicated) are:
c906108c 2187
56caf160 2188@ftable @code
25822942 2189@item @value{GDBN}INIT_FILENAME
56caf160
EZ
2190The default name of @value{GDBN}'s initialization file (normally
2191@file{.gdbinit}).
c906108c 2192
cce74817
JM
2193@item NO_STD_REGS
2194This macro is deprecated.
2195
c906108c
SS
2196@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER
2197If your host defines @code{SIGWINCH}, you can define this to be the name
2198of a function to be called if @code{SIGWINCH} is received.
2199
2200@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER_BODY
2201Define this to expand into code that will define the function named by
2202the expansion of @code{SIGWINCH_HANDLER}.
2203
2204@item ALIGN_STACK_ON_STARTUP
56caf160 2205@cindex stack alignment
c906108c
SS
2206Define this if your system is of a sort that will crash in
2207@code{tgetent} if the stack happens not to be longword-aligned when
2208@code{main} is called. This is a rare situation, but is known to occur
2209on several different types of systems.
2210
2211@item CRLF_SOURCE_FILES
56caf160 2212@cindex DOS text files
c906108c
SS
2213Define this if host files use @code{\r\n} rather than @code{\n} as a
2214line terminator. This will cause source file listings to omit @code{\r}
56caf160
EZ
2215characters when printing and it will allow @code{\r\n} line endings of files
2216which are ``sourced'' by gdb. It must be possible to open files in binary
c906108c
SS
2217mode using @code{O_BINARY} or, for fopen, @code{"rb"}.
2218
2219@item DEFAULT_PROMPT
56caf160 2220@cindex prompt
c906108c
SS
2221The default value of the prompt string (normally @code{"(gdb) "}).
2222
2223@item DEV_TTY
56caf160 2224@cindex terminal device
c906108c
SS
2225The name of the generic TTY device, defaults to @code{"/dev/tty"}.
2226
c906108c
SS
2227@item FOPEN_RB
2228Define this if binary files are opened the same way as text files.
2229
c906108c 2230@item HAVE_MMAP
56caf160 2231@findex mmap
c906108c
SS
2232In some cases, use the system call @code{mmap} for reading symbol
2233tables. For some machines this allows for sharing and quick updates.
2234
c906108c
SS
2235@item HAVE_TERMIO
2236Define this if the host system has @code{termio.h}.
2237
c906108c 2238@item INT_MAX
9742079a
EZ
2239@itemx INT_MIN
2240@itemx LONG_MAX
2241@itemx UINT_MAX
2242@itemx ULONG_MAX
c906108c
SS
2243Values for host-side constants.
2244
2245@item ISATTY
2246Substitute for isatty, if not available.
2247
2248@item LONGEST
2249This is the longest integer type available on the host. If not defined,
2250it will default to @code{long long} or @code{long}, depending on
2251@code{CC_HAS_LONG_LONG}.
2252
2253@item CC_HAS_LONG_LONG
56caf160
EZ
2254@cindex @code{long long} data type
2255Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long long}. This is set
2256by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2257
2258@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_LONG
2259Define this if the host can handle printing of long long integers via
56caf160
EZ
2260the printf format conversion specifier @code{ll}. This is set by the
2261@code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2262
2263@item HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
56caf160
EZ
2264Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long double}. This is
2265set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2266
2267@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
2268Define this if the host can handle printing of long double float-point
56caf160
EZ
2269numbers via the printf format conversion specifier @code{Lg}. This is
2270set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2271
2272@item SCANF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
2273Define this if the host can handle the parsing of long double
56caf160
EZ
2274float-point numbers via the scanf format conversion specifier
2275@code{Lg}. This is set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2276
2277@item LSEEK_NOT_LINEAR
2278Define this if @code{lseek (n)} does not necessarily move to byte number
2279@code{n} in the file. This is only used when reading source files. It
2280is normally faster to define @code{CRLF_SOURCE_FILES} when possible.
2281
2282@item L_SET
56caf160
EZ
2283This macro is used as the argument to @code{lseek} (or, most commonly,
2284@code{bfd_seek}). FIXME, should be replaced by SEEK_SET instead,
2285which is the POSIX equivalent.
c906108c 2286
c906108c
SS
2287@item NORETURN
2288If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as @code{volatile},
2289that can be used in both the declaration and definition of functions to
2290indicate that they never return. The default is already set correctly
2291if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be defined.
2292
2293@item ATTR_NORETURN
2294If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as
2295@code{__attribute__ ((noreturn))}, that can be used in the declarations
2296of functions to indicate that they never return. The default is already
2297set correctly if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be
2298defined.
2299
c906108c 2300@item SEEK_CUR
9742079a 2301@itemx SEEK_SET
56caf160 2302Define these to appropriate value for the system @code{lseek}, if not already
c906108c
SS
2303defined.
2304
2305@item STOP_SIGNAL
56caf160
EZ
2306This is the signal for stopping @value{GDBN}. Defaults to
2307@code{SIGTSTP}. (Only redefined for the Convex.)
c906108c 2308
c906108c
SS
2309@item USG
2310Means that System V (prior to SVR4) include files are in use. (FIXME:
7ca9f392
AC
2311This symbol is abused in @file{infrun.c}, @file{regex.c}, and
2312@file{utils.c} for other things, at the moment.)
c906108c
SS
2313
2314@item lint
56caf160 2315Define this to help placate @code{lint} in some situations.
c906108c
SS
2316
2317@item volatile
2318Define this to override the defaults of @code{__volatile__} or
2319@code{/**/}.
56caf160 2320@end ftable
c906108c
SS
2321
2322
2323@node Target Architecture Definition
2324
2325@chapter Target Architecture Definition
2326
56caf160
EZ
2327@cindex target architecture definition
2328@value{GDBN}'s target architecture defines what sort of
2329machine-language programs @value{GDBN} can work with, and how it works
2330with them.
c906108c 2331
af6c57ea
AC
2332The target architecture object is implemented as the C structure
2333@code{struct gdbarch *}. The structure, and its methods, are generated
93c2c750 2334using the Bourne shell script @file{gdbarch.sh}.
c906108c 2335
70f80edf
JT
2336@section Operating System ABI Variant Handling
2337@cindex OS ABI variants
2338
2339@value{GDBN} provides a mechanism for handling variations in OS
2340ABIs. An OS ABI variant may have influence over any number of
2341variables in the target architecture definition. There are two major
2342components in the OS ABI mechanism: sniffers and handlers.
2343
2344A @dfn{sniffer} examines a file matching a BFD architecture/flavour pair
2345(the architecture may be wildcarded) in an attempt to determine the
2346OS ABI of that file. Sniffers with a wildcarded architecture are considered
2347to be @dfn{generic}, while sniffers for a specific architecture are
2348considered to be @dfn{specific}. A match from a specific sniffer
2349overrides a match from a generic sniffer. Multiple sniffers for an
2350architecture/flavour may exist, in order to differentiate between two
2351different operating systems which use the same basic file format. The
2352OS ABI framework provides a generic sniffer for ELF-format files which
2353examines the @code{EI_OSABI} field of the ELF header, as well as note
2354sections known to be used by several operating systems.
2355
2356@cindex fine-tuning @code{gdbarch} structure
2357A @dfn{handler} is used to fine-tune the @code{gdbarch} structure for the
2358selected OS ABI. There may be only one handler for a given OS ABI
2359for each BFD architecture.
2360
2361The following OS ABI variants are defined in @file{osabi.h}:
2362
2363@table @code
2364
2365@findex GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2366@item GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2367The ABI of the inferior is unknown. The default @code{gdbarch}
2368settings for the architecture will be used.
2369
2370@findex GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2371@item GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2372UNIX System V Release 4
2373
2374@findex GDB_OSABI_HURD
2375@item GDB_OSABI_HURD
2376GNU using the Hurd kernel
2377
2378@findex GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2379@item GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2380Sun Solaris
2381
2382@findex GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2383@item GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2384OSF/1, including Digital UNIX and Compaq Tru64 UNIX
2385
2386@findex GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2387@item GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2388GNU using the Linux kernel
2389
2390@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2391@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2392FreeBSD using the a.out executable format
2393
2394@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2395@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2396FreeBSD using the ELF executable format
2397
2398@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2399@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2400NetBSD using the a.out executable format
2401
2402@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2403@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2404NetBSD using the ELF executable format
2405
2406@findex GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2407@item GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2408Windows CE
2409
1029b7fa
MK
2410@findex GDB_OSABI_GO32
2411@item GDB_OSABI_GO32
2412DJGPP
2413
2414@findex GDB_OSABI_NETWARE
2415@item GDB_OSABI_NETWARE
2416Novell NetWare
2417
70f80edf
JT
2418@findex GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V1
2419@item GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V1
2420ARM Embedded ABI version 1
2421
2422@findex GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V2
2423@item GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V2
2424ARM Embedded ABI version 2
2425
2426@findex GDB_OSABI_ARM_APCS
2427@item GDB_OSABI_ARM_APCS
2428Generic ARM Procedure Call Standard
2429
2430@end table
2431
2432Here are the functions that make up the OS ABI framework:
2433
2434@deftypefun const char *gdbarch_osabi_name (enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2435Return the name of the OS ABI corresponding to @var{osabi}.
2436@end deftypefun
2437
c133ab7a 2438@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, unsigned long @var{machine}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi}, void (*@var{init_osabi})(struct gdbarch_info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}))
70f80edf 2439Register the OS ABI handler specified by @var{init_osabi} for the
c133ab7a
MK
2440architecture, machine type and OS ABI specified by @var{arch},
2441@var{machine} and @var{osabi}. In most cases, a value of zero for the
2442machine type, which implies the architecture's default machine type,
2443will suffice.
70f80edf
JT
2444@end deftypefun
2445
2446@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi_sniffer (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, enum bfd_flavour @var{flavour}, enum gdb_osabi (*@var{sniffer})(bfd *@var{abfd}))
2447Register the OS ABI file sniffer specified by @var{sniffer} for the
2448BFD architecture/flavour pair specified by @var{arch} and @var{flavour}.
2449If @var{arch} is @code{bfd_arch_unknown}, the sniffer is considered to
2450be generic, and is allowed to examine @var{flavour}-flavoured files for
2451any architecture.
2452@end deftypefun
2453
2454@deftypefun enum gdb_osabi gdbarch_lookup_osabi (bfd *@var{abfd})
2455Examine the file described by @var{abfd} to determine its OS ABI.
2456The value @code{GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN} is returned if the OS ABI cannot
2457be determined.
2458@end deftypefun
2459
2460@deftypefun void gdbarch_init_osabi (struct gdbarch info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2461Invoke the OS ABI handler corresponding to @var{osabi} to fine-tune the
2462@code{gdbarch} structure specified by @var{gdbarch}. If a handler
2463corresponding to @var{osabi} has not been registered for @var{gdbarch}'s
2464architecture, a warning will be issued and the debugging session will continue
2465with the defaults already established for @var{gdbarch}.
2466@end deftypefun
2467
c906108c
SS
2468@section Registers and Memory
2469
56caf160
EZ
2470@value{GDBN}'s model of the target machine is rather simple.
2471@value{GDBN} assumes the machine includes a bank of registers and a
2472block of memory. Each register may have a different size.
c906108c 2473
56caf160
EZ
2474@value{GDBN} does not have a magical way to match up with the
2475compiler's idea of which registers are which; however, it is critical
2476that they do match up accurately. The only way to make this work is
2477to get accurate information about the order that the compiler uses,
2478and to reflect that in the @code{REGISTER_NAME} and related macros.
c906108c 2479
25822942 2480@value{GDBN} can handle big-endian, little-endian, and bi-endian architectures.
c906108c 2481
93e79dbd
JB
2482@section Pointers Are Not Always Addresses
2483@cindex pointer representation
2484@cindex address representation
2485@cindex word-addressed machines
2486@cindex separate data and code address spaces
2487@cindex spaces, separate data and code address
2488@cindex address spaces, separate data and code
2489@cindex code pointers, word-addressed
2490@cindex converting between pointers and addresses
2491@cindex D10V addresses
2492
2493On almost all 32-bit architectures, the representation of a pointer is
2494indistinguishable from the representation of some fixed-length number
2495whose value is the byte address of the object pointed to. On such
56caf160 2496machines, the words ``pointer'' and ``address'' can be used interchangeably.
93e79dbd
JB
2497However, architectures with smaller word sizes are often cramped for
2498address space, so they may choose a pointer representation that breaks this
2499identity, and allows a larger code address space.
2500
172c2a43 2501For example, the Renesas D10V is a 16-bit VLIW processor whose
93e79dbd
JB
2502instructions are 32 bits long@footnote{Some D10V instructions are
2503actually pairs of 16-bit sub-instructions. However, since you can't
2504jump into the middle of such a pair, code addresses can only refer to
2505full 32 bit instructions, which is what matters in this explanation.}.
2506If the D10V used ordinary byte addresses to refer to code locations,
2507then the processor would only be able to address 64kb of instructions.
2508However, since instructions must be aligned on four-byte boundaries, the
56caf160
EZ
2509low two bits of any valid instruction's byte address are always
2510zero---byte addresses waste two bits. So instead of byte addresses,
2511the D10V uses word addresses---byte addresses shifted right two bits---to
93e79dbd
JB
2512refer to code. Thus, the D10V can use 16-bit words to address 256kb of
2513code space.
2514
2515However, this means that code pointers and data pointers have different
2516forms on the D10V. The 16-bit word @code{0xC020} refers to byte address
2517@code{0xC020} when used as a data address, but refers to byte address
2518@code{0x30080} when used as a code address.
2519
2520(The D10V also uses separate code and data address spaces, which also
2521affects the correspondence between pointers and addresses, but we're
2522going to ignore that here; this example is already too long.)
2523
56caf160
EZ
2524To cope with architectures like this---the D10V is not the only
2525one!---@value{GDBN} tries to distinguish between @dfn{addresses}, which are
93e79dbd
JB
2526byte numbers, and @dfn{pointers}, which are the target's representation
2527of an address of a particular type of data. In the example above,
2528@code{0xC020} is the pointer, which refers to one of the addresses
2529@code{0xC020} or @code{0x30080}, depending on the type imposed upon it.
2530@value{GDBN} provides functions for turning a pointer into an address
2531and vice versa, in the appropriate way for the current architecture.
2532
2533Unfortunately, since addresses and pointers are identical on almost all
2534processors, this distinction tends to bit-rot pretty quickly. Thus,
2535each time you port @value{GDBN} to an architecture which does
2536distinguish between pointers and addresses, you'll probably need to
2537clean up some architecture-independent code.
2538
2539Here are functions which convert between pointers and addresses:
2540
2541@deftypefun CORE_ADDR extract_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type})
2542Treat the bytes at @var{buf} as a pointer or reference of type
2543@var{type}, and return the address it represents, in a manner
2544appropriate for the current architecture. This yields an address
2545@value{GDBN} can use to read target memory, disassemble, etc. Note that
2546@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
2547inferior's.
2548
2549For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
2550extracts a little-endian integer of the appropriate length from
2551@var{buf} and returns it. However, if the current architecture is the
2552D10V, this function will return a 16-bit integer extracted from
2553@var{buf}, multiplied by four if @var{type} is a pointer to a function.
2554
2555If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
2556will signal an internal error.
2557@end deftypefun
2558
2559@deftypefun CORE_ADDR store_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2560Store the address @var{addr} in @var{buf}, in the proper format for a
2561pointer of type @var{type} in the current architecture. Note that
2562@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
2563inferior's.
2564
2565For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
2566stores @var{addr} unmodified as a little-endian integer of the
2567appropriate length in @var{buf}. However, if the current architecture
2568is the D10V, this function divides @var{addr} by four if @var{type} is
2569a pointer to a function, and then stores it in @var{buf}.
2570
2571If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
2572will signal an internal error.
2573@end deftypefun
2574
f23631e4 2575@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_as_address (struct value *@var{val})
93e79dbd
JB
2576Assuming that @var{val} is a pointer, return the address it represents,
2577as appropriate for the current architecture.
2578
2579This function actually works on integral values, as well as pointers.
2580For pointers, it performs architecture-specific conversions as
2581described above for @code{extract_typed_address}.
2582@end deftypefun
2583
2584@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_from_pointer (struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2585Create and return a value representing a pointer of type @var{type} to
2586the address @var{addr}, as appropriate for the current architecture.
2587This function performs architecture-specific conversions as described
2588above for @code{store_typed_address}.
2589@end deftypefun
2590
93e79dbd
JB
2591Here are some macros which architectures can define to indicate the
2592relationship between pointers and addresses. These have default
2593definitions, appropriate for architectures on which all pointers are
fc0c74b1 2594simple unsigned byte addresses.
93e79dbd
JB
2595
2596@deftypefn {Target Macro} CORE_ADDR POINTER_TO_ADDRESS (struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
2597Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
2598appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
2599address the pointer refers to.
2600
2601This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 2602C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
2603@end deftypefn
2604
2605@deftypefn {Target Macro} void ADDRESS_TO_POINTER (struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2606Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
2607@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
2608
2609This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 2610C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
2611@end deftypefn
2612
b5b0480a
KB
2613@section Address Classes
2614@cindex address classes
2615@cindex DW_AT_byte_size
2616@cindex DW_AT_address_class
2617
2618Sometimes information about different kinds of addresses is available
2619via the debug information. For example, some programming environments
2620define addresses of several different sizes. If the debug information
2621distinguishes these kinds of address classes through either the size
2622info (e.g, @code{DW_AT_byte_size} in @w{DWARF 2}) or through an explicit
2623address class attribute (e.g, @code{DW_AT_address_class} in @w{DWARF 2}), the
2624following macros should be defined in order to disambiguate these
2625types within @value{GDBN} as well as provide the added information to
2626a @value{GDBN} user when printing type expressions.
2627
2628@deftypefn {Target Macro} int ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (int @var{byte_size}, int @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
2629Returns the type flags needed to construct a pointer type whose size
2630is @var{byte_size} and whose address class is @var{dwarf2_addr_class}.
2631This function is normally called from within a symbol reader. See
2632@file{dwarf2read.c}.
2633@end deftypefn
2634
2635@deftypefn {Target Macro} char *ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME (int @var{type_flags})
2636Given the type flags representing an address class qualifier, return
2637its name.
2638@end deftypefn
2639@deftypefn {Target Macro} int ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_to_TYPE_FLAGS (int @var{name}, int *var{type_flags_ptr})
2640Given an address qualifier name, set the @code{int} refererenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the type flags
2641for that address class qualifier.
2642@end deftypefn
2643
2644Since the need for address classes is rather rare, none of
2645the address class macros defined by default. Predicate
2646macros are provided to detect when they are defined.
2647
2648Consider a hypothetical architecture in which addresses are normally
264932-bits wide, but 16-bit addresses are also supported. Furthermore,
2650suppose that the @w{DWARF 2} information for this architecture simply
2651uses a @code{DW_AT_byte_size} value of 2 to indicate the use of one
2652of these "short" pointers. The following functions could be defined
2653to implement the address class macros:
2654
2655@smallexample
2656somearch_address_class_type_flags (int byte_size,
2657 int dwarf2_addr_class)
f2abfe65 2658@{
b5b0480a
KB
2659 if (byte_size == 2)
2660 return TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
2661 else
2662 return 0;
f2abfe65 2663@}
b5b0480a
KB
2664
2665static char *
2666somearch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (int type_flags)
f2abfe65 2667@{
b5b0480a
KB
2668 if (type_flags & TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1)
2669 return "short";
2670 else
2671 return NULL;
f2abfe65 2672@}
b5b0480a
KB
2673
2674int
2675somearch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (char *name,
2676 int *type_flags_ptr)
f2abfe65 2677@{
b5b0480a 2678 if (strcmp (name, "short") == 0)
f2abfe65 2679 @{
b5b0480a
KB
2680 *type_flags_ptr = TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
2681 return 1;
f2abfe65 2682 @}
b5b0480a
KB
2683 else
2684 return 0;
f2abfe65 2685@}
b5b0480a
KB
2686@end smallexample
2687
2688The qualifier @code{@@short} is used in @value{GDBN}'s type expressions
2689to indicate the presence of one of these "short" pointers. E.g, if
2690the debug information indicates that @code{short_ptr_var} is one of these
2691short pointers, @value{GDBN} might show the following behavior:
2692
2693@smallexample
2694(gdb) ptype short_ptr_var
2695type = int * @@short
2696@end smallexample
2697
93e79dbd 2698
13d01224
AC
2699@section Raw and Virtual Register Representations
2700@cindex raw register representation
2701@cindex virtual register representation
2702@cindex representations, raw and virtual registers
2703
2704@emph{Maintainer note: This section is pretty much obsolete. The
2705functionality described here has largely been replaced by
2706pseudo-registers and the mechanisms described in @ref{Target
2707Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data
2708Representations}. See also @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs/,
2709Bug Tracking Database} and
2710@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, ARI Index} for more
2711up-to-date information.}
af6c57ea 2712
9fb4dd36
JB
2713Some architectures use one representation for a value when it lives in a
2714register, but use a different representation when it lives in memory.
25822942 2715In @value{GDBN}'s terminology, the @dfn{raw} representation is the one used in
9fb4dd36 2716the target registers, and the @dfn{virtual} representation is the one
25822942 2717used in memory, and within @value{GDBN} @code{struct value} objects.
9fb4dd36 2718
13d01224
AC
2719@emph{Maintainer note: Notice that the same mechanism is being used to
2720both convert a register to a @code{struct value} and alternative
2721register forms.}
2722
9fb4dd36
JB
2723For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the virtual and
2724raw representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
2725However, they do occasionally differ. For example:
2726
2727@itemize @bullet
9fb4dd36 2728@item
56caf160 2729The x86 architecture supports an 80-bit @code{long double} type. However, when
9fb4dd36
JB
2730we store those values in memory, they occupy twelve bytes: the
2731floating-point number occupies the first ten, and the final two bytes
2732are unused. This keeps the values aligned on four-byte boundaries,
2733allowing more efficient access. Thus, the x86 80-bit floating-point
2734type is the raw representation, and the twelve-byte loosely-packed
2735arrangement is the virtual representation.
2736
2737@item
25822942
DB
2738Some 64-bit MIPS targets present 32-bit registers to @value{GDBN} as 64-bit
2739registers, with garbage in their upper bits. @value{GDBN} ignores the top 32
9fb4dd36
JB
2740bits. Thus, the 64-bit form, with garbage in the upper 32 bits, is the
2741raw representation, and the trimmed 32-bit representation is the
2742virtual representation.
9fb4dd36
JB
2743@end itemize
2744
2745In general, the raw representation is determined by the architecture, or
25822942
DB
2746@value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while the virtual representation
2747can be chosen for @value{GDBN}'s convenience. @value{GDBN}'s register file,
56caf160
EZ
2748@code{registers}, holds the register contents in raw format, and the
2749@value{GDBN} remote protocol transmits register values in raw format.
9fb4dd36 2750
56caf160
EZ
2751Your architecture may define the following macros to request
2752conversions between the raw and virtual format:
9fb4dd36
JB
2753
2754@deftypefn {Target Macro} int REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (int @var{reg})
2755Return non-zero if register number @var{reg}'s value needs different raw
2756and virtual formats.
6f6ef15a
EZ
2757
2758You should not use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} for a register
2759unless this macro returns a non-zero value for that register.
9fb4dd36
JB
2760@end deftypefn
2761
12c266ea 2762@deftypefn {Target Macro} int DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36 2763The size of register number @var{reg}'s raw value. This is the number
25822942 2764of bytes the register will occupy in @code{registers}, or in a @value{GDBN}
9fb4dd36
JB
2765remote protocol packet.
2766@end deftypefn
2767
f30992d4 2768@deftypefn {Target Macro} int DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36
JB
2769The size of register number @var{reg}'s value, in its virtual format.
2770This is the size a @code{struct value}'s buffer will have, holding that
2771register's value.
2772@end deftypefn
2773
2e092625 2774@deftypefn {Target Macro} struct type *DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36
JB
2775This is the type of the virtual representation of register number
2776@var{reg}. Note that there is no need for a macro giving a type for the
25822942 2777register's raw form; once the register's value has been obtained, @value{GDBN}
9fb4dd36
JB
2778always uses the virtual form.
2779@end deftypefn
2780
2781@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
2782Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
2e092625 2783should always be @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
2784at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
2785convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
2786
6f6ef15a
EZ
2787Note that @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} and
2788@code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
2789arguments in different orders.
2790
2791You should only use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} with registers
2792for which the @code{REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE} macro returns a non-zero
2793value.
9fb4dd36
JB
2794@end deftypefn
2795
2796@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
2797Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
2e092625 2798should always be @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
2799at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
2800convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
2801
2802Note that REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL and REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW take
2803their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
2804@end deftypefn
2805
2806
13d01224
AC
2807@section Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations
2808@cindex register representation
2809@cindex memory representation
2810@cindex representations, register and memory
2811@cindex register data formats, converting
2812@cindex @code{struct value}, converting register contents to
2813
2814@emph{Maintainer's note: The way GDB manipulates registers is undergoing
2815significant change. Many of the macros and functions refered to in this
2816section are likely to be subject to further revision. See
2817@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, A.R. Index} and
2818@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs, Bug Tracking Database} for
2819further information. cagney/2002-05-06.}
2820
2821Some architectures can represent a data object in a register using a
2822form that is different to the objects more normal memory representation.
2823For example:
2824
2825@itemize @bullet
2826
2827@item
2828The Alpha architecture can represent 32 bit integer values in
2829floating-point registers.
2830
2831@item
2832The x86 architecture supports 80-bit floating-point registers. The
2833@code{long double} data type occupies 96 bits in memory but only 80 bits
2834when stored in a register.
2835
2836@end itemize
2837
2838In general, the register representation of a data type is determined by
2839the architecture, or @value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while
2840the memory representation is determined by the Application Binary
2841Interface.
2842
2843For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the two
2844representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
2845However, they do occasionally differ. Your architecture may define the
2846following macros to request conversions between the register and memory
2847representations of a data type:
2848
2849@deftypefn {Target Macro} int CONVERT_REGISTER_P (int @var{reg})
2850Return non-zero if the representation of a data value stored in this
2851register may be different to the representation of that same data value
2852when stored in memory.
2853
2854When non-zero, the macros @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and
2855@code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} are used to perform any necessary conversion.
2856@end deftypefn
2857
2858@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_TO_VALUE (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
2859Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to a data object of type
2860@var{type}. The buffer at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw
2861format; the converted value should be placed in the buffer at @var{to}.
2862
2863Note that @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} take
2864their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
2865
2866You should only use @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} with registers for which
2867the @code{CONVERT_REGISTER_P} macro returns a non-zero value.
2868@end deftypefn
2869
2870@deftypefn {Target Macro} void VALUE_TO_REGISTER (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
2871Convert a data value of type @var{type} to register number @var{reg}'
2872raw format.
2873
2874Note that @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} take
2875their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
2876
2877You should only use @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} with registers for which
2878the @code{CONVERT_REGISTER_P} macro returns a non-zero value.
2879@end deftypefn
2880
2881@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_TYPE (int @var{regnum}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
2882See @file{mips-tdep.c}. It does not do what you want.
2883@end deftypefn
2884
2885
c906108c
SS
2886@section Frame Interpretation
2887
2888@section Inferior Call Setup
2889
2890@section Compiler Characteristics
2891
2892@section Target Conditionals
2893
2894This section describes the macros that you can use to define the target
2895machine.
2896
2897@table @code
2898
c906108c 2899@item ADDR_BITS_REMOVE (addr)
56caf160 2900@findex ADDR_BITS_REMOVE
adf40b2e
JM
2901If a raw machine instruction address includes any bits that are not
2902really part of the address, then define this macro to expand into an
56caf160 2903expression that zeroes those bits in @var{addr}. This is only used for
adf40b2e
JM
2904addresses of instructions, and even then not in all contexts.
2905
2906For example, the two low-order bits of the PC on the Hewlett-Packard PA
29072.0 architecture contain the privilege level of the corresponding
2908instruction. Since instructions must always be aligned on four-byte
2909boundaries, the processor masks out these bits to generate the actual
2910address of the instruction. ADDR_BITS_REMOVE should filter out these
2911bits with an expression such as @code{((addr) & ~3)}.
c906108c 2912
b5b0480a
KB
2913@item ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{name}, @var{type_flags_ptr})
2914@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS
2915If @var{name} is a valid address class qualifier name, set the @code{int}
2916referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the mask representing the qualifier
2917and return 1. If @var{name} is not a valid address class qualifier name,
2918return 0.
2919
2920The value for @var{type_flags_ptr} should be one of
2921@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1}, @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or
2922possibly some combination of these values or'd together.
2923@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
2924
2925@item ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS_P ()
2926@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS_P
2927Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS}
2928has been defined.
2929
2930@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
2931@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
2932Given a pointers byte size (as described by the debug information) and
2933the possible @code{DW_AT_address_class} value, return the type flags
2934used by @value{GDBN} to represent this address class. The value
2935returned should be one of @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1},
2936@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or possibly some combination of these
2937values or'd together.
2938@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
2939
2940@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_P ()
2941@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_P
2942Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS} has
2943been defined.
2944
2945@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME (@var{type_flags})
2946@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME
2947Return the name of the address class qualifier associated with the type
2948flags given by @var{type_flags}.
2949
2950@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME_P ()
2951@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME_P
2952Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME} has
2953been defined.
2954@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
2955
93e79dbd 2956@item ADDRESS_TO_POINTER (@var{type}, @var{buf}, @var{addr})
56caf160 2957@findex ADDRESS_TO_POINTER
93e79dbd
JB
2958Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
2959@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
2960This macro may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 2961C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
2962@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
2963
c906108c 2964@item BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION
56caf160
EZ
2965@findex BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION
2966Define if the compiler promotes a @code{short} or @code{char}
2967parameter to an @code{int}, but still reports the parameter as its
2968original type, rather than the promoted type.
c906108c 2969
c906108c 2970@item BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
56caf160
EZ
2971@findex BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
2972Define this if the numbering of bits in the targets does @strong{not} match the
c906108c 2973endianness of the target byte order. A value of 1 means that the bits
56caf160 2974are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 means little-endian.
c906108c
SS
2975
2976@item BREAKPOINT
56caf160 2977@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
2978This is the character array initializer for the bit pattern to put into
2979memory where a breakpoint is set. Although it's common to use a trap
2980instruction for a breakpoint, it's not required; for instance, the bit
2981pattern could be an invalid instruction. The breakpoint must be no
2982longer than the shortest instruction of the architecture.
2983
56caf160
EZ
2984@code{BREAKPOINT} has been deprecated in favor of
2985@code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}.
7a292a7a 2986
c906108c 2987@item BIG_BREAKPOINT
56caf160
EZ
2988@itemx LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
2989@findex LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
2990@findex BIG_BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
2991Similar to BREAKPOINT, but used for bi-endian targets.
2992
56caf160
EZ
2993@code{BIG_BREAKPOINT} and @code{LITTLE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
2994favor of @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}.
7a292a7a 2995
2dd0da42
AC
2996@item DEPRECATED_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
2997@itemx DEPRECATED_LITTLE_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
2998@itemx DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
2999@findex DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
3000@findex DEPRECATED_LITTLE_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
3001@findex DEPRECATED_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
3002Specify the breakpoint instruction sequence for a remote target.
3003@code{DEPRECATED_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT},
3004@code{DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT} and
3005@code{DEPRECATED_LITTLE_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
3006favor of @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} (@pxref{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}).
c906108c 3007
56caf160
EZ
3008@item BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC (@var{pcptr}, @var{lenptr})
3009@findex BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC
2dd0da42
AC
3010@anchor{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} Use the program counter to determine the
3011contents and size of a breakpoint instruction. It returns a pointer to
3012a string of bytes that encode a breakpoint instruction, stores the
3013length of the string to @code{*@var{lenptr}}, and adjusts the program
3014counter (if necessary) to point to the actual memory location where the
3015breakpoint should be inserted.
c906108c
SS
3016
3017Although it is common to use a trap instruction for a breakpoint, it's
3018not required; for instance, the bit pattern could be an invalid
3019instruction. The breakpoint must be no longer than the shortest
3020instruction of the architecture.
3021
7a292a7a
SS
3022Replaces all the other @var{BREAKPOINT} macros.
3023
56caf160
EZ
3024@item MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{contents_cache})
3025@itemx MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{contents_cache})
3026@findex MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
3027@findex MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT
917317f4
JM
3028Insert or remove memory based breakpoints. Reasonable defaults
3029(@code{default_memory_insert_breakpoint} and
3030@code{default_memory_remove_breakpoint} respectively) have been
3031provided so that it is not necessary to define these for most
3032architectures. Architectures which may want to define
56caf160 3033@code{MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT} and @code{MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT} will
917317f4
JM
3034likely have instructions that are oddly sized or are not stored in a
3035conventional manner.
3036
3037It may also be desirable (from an efficiency standpoint) to define
3038custom breakpoint insertion and removal routines if
56caf160 3039@code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} needs to read the target's memory for some
917317f4
JM
3040reason.
3041
1485d690
KB
3042@item ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS (@var{address})
3043@findex ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS
3044@cindex breakpoint address adjusted
3045Given an address at which a breakpoint is desired, return a breakpoint
3046address adjusted to account for architectural constraints on
3047breakpoint placement. This method is not needed by most targets.
3048
3049The FR-V target (see @file{frv-tdep.c}) requires this method.
3050The FR-V is a VLIW architecture in which a number of RISC-like
3051instructions are grouped (packed) together into an aggregate
3052instruction or instruction bundle. When the processor executes
3053one of these bundles, the component instructions are executed
3054in parallel.
3055
3056In the course of optimization, the compiler may group instructions
3057from distinct source statements into the same bundle. The line number
3058information associated with one of the latter statements will likely
3059refer to some instruction other than the first one in the bundle. So,
3060if the user attempts to place a breakpoint on one of these latter
3061statements, @value{GDBN} must be careful to @emph{not} place the break
3062instruction on any instruction other than the first one in the bundle.
3063(Remember though that the instructions within a bundle execute
3064in parallel, so the @emph{first} instruction is the instruction
3065at the lowest address and has nothing to do with execution order.)
3066
3067The FR-V's @code{ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS} method will adjust a
3068breakpoint's address by scanning backwards for the beginning of
3069the bundle, returning the address of the bundle.
3070
3071Since the adjustment of a breakpoint may significantly alter a user's
3072expectation, @value{GDBN} prints a warning when an adjusted breakpoint
3073is initially set and each time that that breakpoint is hit.
3074
c906108c 3075@item CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION
56caf160
EZ
3076@findex CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION
3077See the file @file{inferior.h}.
7a292a7a 3078
7043d8dc
AC
3079This method has been replaced by @code{push_dummy_code}
3080(@pxref{push_dummy_code}).
3081
56caf160
EZ
3082@item CANNOT_FETCH_REGISTER (@var{regno})
3083@findex CANNOT_FETCH_REGISTER
c906108c
SS
3084A C expression that should be nonzero if @var{regno} cannot be fetched
3085from an inferior process. This is only relevant if
3086@code{FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS} is not defined.
3087
56caf160
EZ
3088@item CANNOT_STORE_REGISTER (@var{regno})
3089@findex CANNOT_STORE_REGISTER
c906108c
SS
3090A C expression that should be nonzero if @var{regno} should not be
3091written to the target. This is often the case for program counters,
56caf160
EZ
3092status words, and other special registers. If this is not defined,
3093@value{GDBN} will assume that all registers may be written.
c906108c 3094
13d01224
AC
3095@item int CONVERT_REGISTER_P(@var{regnum})
3096@findex CONVERT_REGISTER_P
3097Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} can represent data values in a
3098non-standard form.
3099@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
3100
c906108c 3101@item DECR_PC_AFTER_BREAK
56caf160 3102@findex DECR_PC_AFTER_BREAK
c906108c
SS
3103Define this to be the amount by which to decrement the PC after the
3104program encounters a breakpoint. This is often the number of bytes in
56caf160 3105@code{BREAKPOINT}, though not always. For most targets this value will be 0.
c906108c 3106
56caf160
EZ
3107@item DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK (@var{addr})
3108@findex DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK
c906108c
SS
3109If defined, this should evaluate to 1 if @var{addr} is in a shared
3110library in which breakpoints cannot be set and so should be disabled.
3111
5e74b15c 3112@item PRINT_FLOAT_INFO()
0ab7a791 3113@findex PRINT_FLOAT_INFO
5e74b15c
RE
3114If defined, then the @samp{info float} command will print information about
3115the processor's floating point unit.
3116
0ab7a791
AC
3117@item print_registers_info (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{all})
3118@findex print_registers_info
3119If defined, pretty print the value of the register @var{regnum} for the
3120specified @var{frame}. If the value of @var{regnum} is -1, pretty print
3121either all registers (@var{all} is non zero) or a select subset of
3122registers (@var{all} is zero).
3123
3124The default method prints one register per line, and if @var{all} is
3125zero omits floating-point registers.
3126
e76f1f2e
AC
3127@item PRINT_VECTOR_INFO()
3128@findex PRINT_VECTOR_INFO
3129If defined, then the @samp{info vector} command will call this function
3130to print information about the processor's vector unit.
3131
3132By default, the @samp{info vector} command will print all vector
3133registers (the register's type having the vector attribute).
3134
0dcedd82 3135@item DWARF_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3136@findex DWARF_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3137Convert DWARF register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not defined,
3138no conversion will be performed.
3139
3140@item DWARF2_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3141@findex DWARF2_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3142Convert DWARF2 register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not
3143defined, no conversion will be performed.
3144
3145@item ECOFF_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3146@findex ECOFF_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3147Convert ECOFF register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not defined,
3148no conversion will be performed.
3149
c906108c 3150@item END_OF_TEXT_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
3151@findex END_OF_TEXT_DEFAULT
3152This is an expression that should designate the end of the text section.
3153@c (? FIXME ?)
c906108c 3154
56caf160
EZ
3155@item EXTRACT_RETURN_VALUE(@var{type}, @var{regbuf}, @var{valbuf})
3156@findex EXTRACT_RETURN_VALUE
c906108c
SS
3157Define this to extract a function's return value of type @var{type} from
3158the raw register state @var{regbuf} and copy that, in virtual format,
3159into @var{valbuf}.
3160
92ad9cd9
AC
3161This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
3162(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
3163
74055713
AC
3164@item DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS(@var{regbuf})
3165@findex DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS
3166@anchor{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}
83aa8bc6
AC
3167When defined, extract from the array @var{regbuf} (containing the raw
3168register state) the @code{CORE_ADDR} at which a function should return
3169its structure value.
ac9a91a7 3170
92ad9cd9 3171@xref{gdbarch_return_value}.
83aa8bc6 3172
74055713
AC
3173@item DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS_P()
3174@findex DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS_P
3175Predicate for @code{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}.
c906108c 3176
0ba6dca9
AC
3177@item DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM
3178@findex DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM
cce74817
JM
3179If the virtual frame pointer is kept in a register, then define this
3180macro to be the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
3181
0ba6dca9
AC
3182This should only need to be defined if @code{DEPRECATED_TARGET_READ_FP}
3183is not defined.
c906108c 3184
19772a2c
AC
3185@item DEPRECATED_FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION(@var{fi})
3186@findex DEPRECATED_FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION
392a587b
JM
3187Define this to an expression that returns 1 if the function invocation
3188represented by @var{fi} does not have a stack frame associated with it.
3189Otherwise return 0.
c906108c 3190
790eb8f5
AC
3191@item frame_align (@var{address})
3192@anchor{frame_align}
3193@findex frame_align
3194Define this to adjust @var{address} so that it meets the alignment
3195requirements for the start of a new stack frame. A stack frame's
3196alignment requirements are typically stronger than a target processors
f27dd7fd 3197stack alignment requirements (@pxref{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}).
790eb8f5
AC
3198
3199This function is used to ensure that, when creating a dummy frame, both
3200the initial stack pointer and (if needed) the address of the return
3201value are correctly aligned.
3202
f27dd7fd
AC
3203Unlike @code{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}, this function always adjusts the
3204address in the direction of stack growth.
790eb8f5
AC
3205
3206By default, no frame based stack alignment is performed.
3207
8b148df9
AC
3208@item int frame_red_zone_size
3209
3210The number of bytes, beyond the innermost-stack-address, reserved by the
3211@sc{abi}. A function is permitted to use this scratch area (instead of
3212allocating extra stack space).
3213
3214When performing an inferior function call, to ensure that it does not
3215modify this area, @value{GDBN} adjusts the innermost-stack-address by
3216@var{frame_red_zone_size} bytes before pushing parameters onto the
3217stack.
3218
3219By default, zero bytes are allocated. The value must be aligned
3220(@pxref{frame_align}).
3221
3222The @sc{amd64} (nee x86-64) @sc{abi} documentation refers to the
3223@emph{red zone} when describing this scratch area.
3224@cindex red zone
3225
618ce49f
AC
3226@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN(@var{frame})
3227@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN
c906108c
SS
3228Given @var{frame}, return a pointer to the calling frame.
3229
618ce49f
AC
3230@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID(@var{chain}, @var{thisframe})
3231@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID
95f90d25
DJ
3232Define this to be an expression that returns zero if the given frame is an
3233outermost frame, with no caller, and nonzero otherwise. Most normal
3234situations can be handled without defining this macro, including @code{NULL}
3235chain pointers, dummy frames, and frames whose PC values are inside the
3236startup file (e.g.@: @file{crt0.o}), inside @code{main}, or inside
3237@code{_start}.
c906108c 3238
f30ee0bc
AC
3239@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS(@var{frame})
3240@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS
c906108c
SS
3241See @file{frame.h}. Determines the address of all registers in the
3242current stack frame storing each in @code{frame->saved_regs}. Space for
3243@code{frame->saved_regs} shall be allocated by
f30ee0bc
AC
3244@code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS} using
3245@code{frame_saved_regs_zalloc}.
c906108c 3246
fb8f8949 3247@code{FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS} is deprecated.
c906108c 3248
56caf160
EZ
3249@item FRAME_NUM_ARGS (@var{fi})
3250@findex FRAME_NUM_ARGS
392a587b
JM
3251For the frame described by @var{fi} return the number of arguments that
3252are being passed. If the number of arguments is not known, return
3253@code{-1}.
c906108c 3254
8bedc050
AC
3255@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC(@var{frame})
3256@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC
3257@anchor{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC} Given @var{frame}, return the pc
3258saved there. This is the return address.
12cc2063
AC
3259
3260This method is deprecated. @xref{unwind_pc}.
3261
3262@item CORE_ADDR unwind_pc (struct frame_info *@var{this_frame})
3263@findex unwind_pc
3264@anchor{unwind_pc} Return the instruction address, in @var{this_frame}'s
3265caller, at which execution will resume after @var{this_frame} returns.
3266This is commonly refered to as the return address.
3267
3268The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3269is typically no more than:
3270
3271@smallexample
3272ULONGEST pc;
3273frame_unwind_unsigned_register (this_frame, D10V_PC_REGNUM, &pc);
3274return d10v_make_iaddr (pc);
3275@end smallexample
3276
3277@noindent
8bedc050 3278@xref{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC}, which this method replaces.
c906108c 3279
a9e5fdc2
AC
3280@item CORE_ADDR unwind_sp (struct frame_info *@var{this_frame})
3281@findex unwind_sp
3282@anchor{unwind_sp} Return the frame's inner most stack address. This is
3283commonly refered to as the frame's @dfn{stack pointer}.
3284
3285The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3286is typically no more than:
3287
3288@smallexample
3289ULONGEST sp;
3290frame_unwind_unsigned_register (this_frame, D10V_SP_REGNUM, &sp);
3291return d10v_make_daddr (sp);
3292@end smallexample
3293
3294@noindent
3295@xref{TARGET_READ_SP}, which this method replaces.
3296
c906108c 3297@item FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE
56caf160 3298@findex FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE
c906108c
SS
3299For some COFF targets, the @code{x_sym.x_misc.x_fsize} field of the
3300function end symbol is 0. For such targets, you must define
3301@code{FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE} to expand into the standard size of a
3302function's epilogue.
3303
782263ab
AC
3304@item DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET
3305@findex DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET
f7cb2b90
JB
3306An integer, giving the offset in bytes from a function's address (as
3307used in the values of symbols, function pointers, etc.), and the
3308function's first genuine instruction.
3309
3310This is zero on almost all machines: the function's address is usually
782263ab
AC
3311the address of its first instruction. However, on the VAX, for
3312example, each function starts with two bytes containing a bitmask
3313indicating which registers to save upon entry to the function. The
3314VAX @code{call} instructions check this value, and save the
3315appropriate registers automatically. Thus, since the offset from the
3316function's address to its first instruction is two bytes,
3317@code{DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET} would be 2 on the VAX.
f7cb2b90 3318
c906108c 3319@item GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
56caf160
EZ
3320@itemx GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3321@findex GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3322@findex GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3323If defined, these are the names of the symbols that @value{GDBN} will
3324look for to detect that GCC compiled the file. The default symbols
3325are @code{gcc_compiled.} and @code{gcc2_compiled.},
3326respectively. (Currently only defined for the Delta 68.)
c906108c 3327
25822942 3328@item @value{GDBN}_MULTI_ARCH
56caf160 3329@findex @value{GDBN}_MULTI_ARCH
937f164b 3330If defined and non-zero, enables support for multiple architectures
25822942 3331within @value{GDBN}.
0f71a2f6 3332
56caf160 3333This support can be enabled at two levels. At level one, only
0f71a2f6 3334definitions for previously undefined macros are provided; at level two,
937f164b 3335a multi-arch definition of all architecture dependent macros will be
0f71a2f6
JM
3336defined.
3337
25822942 3338@item @value{GDBN}_TARGET_IS_HPPA
56caf160
EZ
3339@findex @value{GDBN}_TARGET_IS_HPPA
3340This determines whether horrible kludge code in @file{dbxread.c} and
3341@file{partial-stab.h} is used to mangle multiple-symbol-table files from
3342HPPA's. This should all be ripped out, and a scheme like @file{elfread.c}
3343used instead.
c906108c 3344
c906108c 3345@item GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
56caf160 3346@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
3347For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the
3348DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since
937f164b 3349the header file @file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it.
c906108c 3350
56caf160
EZ
3351This macro determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to,
3352assuming that we have just stopped at a @code{longjmp} breakpoint. It takes a
3353@code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this
c906108c
SS
3354pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed.
3355
ac2adee5
AC
3356@item DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER
3357@findex DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER
c906108c 3358Define this if you need to supply your own definition for the function
ac2adee5 3359@code{DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER}.
c906108c 3360
268e2188
AC
3361@item DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3362@findex DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3363Shows that we are configured for an IBM RS/6000 system. This
c906108c 3364conditional should be eliminated (FIXME) and replaced by
56caf160 3365feature-specific macros. It was introduced in a haste and we are
c906108c
SS
3366repenting at leisure.
3367
9742079a
EZ
3368@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
3369An x86-based target can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
3370support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
3371
2df3850c 3372@item SYMBOLS_CAN_START_WITH_DOLLAR
56caf160 3373@findex SYMBOLS_CAN_START_WITH_DOLLAR
2df3850c 3374Some systems have routines whose names start with @samp{$}. Giving this
25822942 3375macro a non-zero value tells @value{GDBN}'s expression parser to check for such
2df3850c
JM
3376routines when parsing tokens that begin with @samp{$}.
3377
3378On HP-UX, certain system routines (millicode) have names beginning with
3379@samp{$} or @samp{$$}. For example, @code{$$dyncall} is a millicode
3380routine that handles inter-space procedure calls on PA-RISC.
3381
e9582e71
AC
3382@item DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO (@var{fromleaf}, @var{frame})
3383@findex DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO
c906108c
SS
3384If additional information about the frame is required this should be
3385stored in @code{frame->extra_info}. Space for @code{frame->extra_info}
372613e3 3386is allocated using @code{frame_extra_info_zalloc}.
c906108c 3387
a5afb99f
AC
3388@item DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC (@var{fromleaf}, @var{prev})
3389@findex DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC
c906108c
SS
3390This is a C statement that sets the pc of the frame pointed to by
3391@var{prev}. [By default...]
3392
56caf160
EZ
3393@item INNER_THAN (@var{lhs}, @var{rhs})
3394@findex INNER_THAN
c906108c
SS
3395Returns non-zero if stack address @var{lhs} is inner than (nearer to the
3396stack top) stack address @var{rhs}. Define this as @code{lhs < rhs} if
3397the target's stack grows downward in memory, or @code{lhs > rsh} if the
3398stack grows upward.
3399
9e5abb06
CV
3400@item gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc})
3401@findex gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p
3402Returns non-zero if the given @var{pc} is in the epilogue of a function.
3403The epilogue of a function is defined as the part of a function where
3404the stack frame of the function already has been destroyed up to the
3405final `return from function call' instruction.
3406
aa2a3f87
AC
3407@item DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_START (@var{pc})
3408@findex DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_START
3409@itemx DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_END (@var{pc})
3410@findex DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_END
56caf160 3411Define these to be the start and end address of the @code{sigtramp} for the
c906108c
SS
3412given @var{pc}. On machines where the address is just a compile time
3413constant, the macro expansion will typically just ignore the supplied
3414@var{pc}.
3415
56caf160
EZ
3416@item IN_SOLIB_CALL_TRAMPOLINE (@var{pc}, @var{name})
3417@findex IN_SOLIB_CALL_TRAMPOLINE
c906108c
SS
3418Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3419trampoline that connects to a shared library.
3420
56caf160
EZ
3421@item IN_SOLIB_RETURN_TRAMPOLINE (@var{pc}, @var{name})
3422@findex IN_SOLIB_RETURN_TRAMPOLINE
c906108c
SS
3423Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3424trampoline that returns from a shared library.
3425
56caf160
EZ
3426@item IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE (@var{pc})
3427@findex IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE
d4f3574e
SS
3428Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3429dynamic linker.
3430
56caf160
EZ
3431@item SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER (@var{pc})
3432@findex SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER
d4f3574e
SS
3433Define this to evaluate to the (nonzero) address at which execution
3434should continue to get past the dynamic linker's symbol resolution
3435function. A zero value indicates that it is not important or necessary
3436to set a breakpoint to get through the dynamic linker and that single
3437stepping will suffice.
3438
fc0c74b1
AC
3439@item INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS (@var{type}, @var{buf})
3440@findex INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS
3441@cindex converting integers to addresses
3442Define this when the architecture needs to handle non-pointer to address
3443conversions specially. Converts that value to an address according to
3444the current architectures conventions.
3445
3446@emph{Pragmatics: When the user copies a well defined expression from
3447their source code and passes it, as a parameter, to @value{GDBN}'s
3448@code{print} command, they should get the same value as would have been
3449computed by the target program. Any deviation from this rule can cause
3450major confusion and annoyance, and needs to be justified carefully. In
3451other words, @value{GDBN} doesn't really have the freedom to do these
3452conversions in clever and useful ways. It has, however, been pointed
3453out that users aren't complaining about how @value{GDBN} casts integers
3454to pointers; they are complaining that they can't take an address from a
3455disassembly listing and give it to @code{x/i}. Adding an architecture
3456method like @code{INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS} certainly makes it possible for
3457@value{GDBN} to ``get it right'' in all circumstances.}
3458
3459@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always
3460Addresses}.
3461
c906108c 3462@item NO_HIF_SUPPORT
56caf160 3463@findex NO_HIF_SUPPORT
c906108c
SS
3464(Specific to the a29k.)
3465
93e79dbd 3466@item POINTER_TO_ADDRESS (@var{type}, @var{buf})
56caf160 3467@findex POINTER_TO_ADDRESS
93e79dbd
JB
3468Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
3469appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
3470address the pointer refers to.
3471@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
3472
9fb4dd36 3473@item REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (@var{reg})
56caf160 3474@findex REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE
9fb4dd36 3475Return non-zero if @var{reg} uses different raw and virtual formats.
13d01224
AC
3476@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
3477
3478@item REGISTER_TO_VALUE(@var{regnum}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
3479@findex REGISTER_TO_VALUE
3480Convert the raw contents of register @var{regnum} into a value of type
3481@var{type}.
4281a42e 3482@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3483
12c266ea
AC
3484@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (@var{reg})
3485@findex DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE
b2e75d78
AC
3486Return the raw size of @var{reg}; defaults to the size of the register's
3487virtual type.
13d01224 3488@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3489
617073a9
AC
3490@item register_reggroup_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, @var{reggroup})
3491@findex register_reggroup_p
3492@cindex register groups
3493Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} is a member of the register
3494group @var{reggroup}.
3495
3496By default, registers are grouped as follows:
3497
3498@table @code
3499@item float_reggroup
3500Any register with a valid name and a floating-point type.
3501@item vector_reggroup
3502Any register with a valid name and a vector type.
3503@item general_reggroup
3504Any register with a valid name and a type other than vector or
3505floating-point. @samp{float_reggroup}.
3506@item save_reggroup
3507@itemx restore_reggroup
3508@itemx all_reggroup
3509Any register with a valid name.
3510@end table
3511
f30992d4
AC
3512@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (@var{reg})
3513@findex DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE
b2e75d78
AC
3514Return the virtual size of @var{reg}; defaults to the size of the
3515register's virtual type.
13d01224
AC
3516Return the virtual size of @var{reg}.
3517@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3518
2e092625 3519@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})
56caf160 3520@findex REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE
9fb4dd36 3521Return the virtual type of @var{reg}.
13d01224 3522@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3523
77e7e267
AC
3524@item struct type *register_type (@var{gdbarch}, @var{reg})
3525@findex register_type
3526If defined, return the type of register @var{reg}. This function
2e092625 3527superseeds @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE}. @xref{Target Architecture
77e7e267
AC
3528Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
3529
9fb4dd36 3530@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL(@var{reg}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3531@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL
9fb4dd36 3532Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its raw form to its virtual
4281a42e 3533form.
13d01224 3534@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36
JB
3535
3536@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW(@var{type}, @var{reg}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3537@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW
9fb4dd36 3538Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its virtual form to its raw
4281a42e 3539form.
13d01224 3540@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3541
0ab4b752
MK
3542@item const struct regset *regset_from_core_section (struct gdbarch * @var{gdbarch}, const char * @var{sect_name}, size_t @var{sect_size})
3543@findex regset_from_core_section
3544Return the appropriate register set for a core file section with name
3545@var{sect_name} and size @var{sect_size}.
3546
b0ed3589 3547@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P()
56caf160 3548@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P
c906108c 3549Define this as 1 if the target does not have a hardware single-step
56caf160 3550mechanism. The macro @code{SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP} must also be defined.
c906108c 3551
56caf160
EZ
3552@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP(@var{signal}, @var{insert_breapoints_p})
3553@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP
3554A function that inserts or removes (depending on
c906108c 3555@var{insert_breapoints_p}) breakpoints at each possible destinations of
56caf160 3556the next instruction. See @file{sparc-tdep.c} and @file{rs6000-tdep.c}
c906108c
SS
3557for examples.
3558
da59e081 3559@item SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING
56caf160 3560@findex SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING
da59e081
JM
3561Somebody clever observed that, the more actual addresses you have in the
3562debug information, the more time the linker has to spend relocating
3563them. So whenever there's some other way the debugger could find the
3564address it needs, you should omit it from the debug info, to make
3565linking faster.
3566
3567@code{SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING} indicates that a particular set of
3568hacks of this sort are in use, affecting @code{N_SO} and @code{N_FUN}
3569entries in stabs-format debugging information. @code{N_SO} stabs mark
3570the beginning and ending addresses of compilation units in the text
3571segment. @code{N_FUN} stabs mark the starts and ends of functions.
3572
3573@code{SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING} means two things:
da59e081 3574
56caf160 3575@itemize @bullet
da59e081
JM
3576@item
3577@code{N_FUN} stabs have an address of zero. Instead, you should find the
3578addresses where the function starts by taking the function name from
56caf160
EZ
3579the stab, and then looking that up in the minsyms (the
3580linker/assembler symbol table). In other words, the stab has the
3581name, and the linker/assembler symbol table is the only place that carries
da59e081
JM
3582the address.
3583
3584@item
3585@code{N_SO} stabs have an address of zero, too. You just look at the
3586@code{N_FUN} stabs that appear before and after the @code{N_SO} stab,
3587and guess the starting and ending addresses of the compilation unit from
3588them.
da59e081
JM
3589@end itemize
3590
c906108c 3591@item PC_LOAD_SEGMENT
56caf160 3592@findex PC_LOAD_SEGMENT
c906108c
SS
3593If defined, print information about the load segment for the program
3594counter. (Defined only for the RS/6000.)
3595
3596@item PC_REGNUM
56caf160 3597@findex PC_REGNUM
c906108c 3598If the program counter is kept in a register, then define this macro to
cce74817
JM
3599be the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
3600
3601This should only need to be defined if @code{TARGET_READ_PC} and
3602@code{TARGET_WRITE_PC} are not defined.
c906108c 3603
2df3850c 3604@item PARM_BOUNDARY
56caf160 3605@findex PARM_BOUNDARY
2df3850c
JM
3606If non-zero, round arguments to a boundary of this many bits before
3607pushing them on the stack.
3608
a38c9fe6
MK
3609@item stabs_argument_has_addr (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type})
3610@findex stabs_argument_has_addr
3611@findex DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR
3612@anchor{stabs_argument_has_addr} Define this to return nonzero if a
3613function argument of type @var{type} is passed by reference instead of
3614value.
3615
ee206350
AG
3616This method replaces @code{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}
3617(@pxref{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}).
a38c9fe6 3618
c906108c 3619@item PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
56caf160 3620@findex PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
c906108c
SS
3621A hook defined for XCOFF reading.
3622
3623@item PROLOGUE_FIRSTLINE_OVERLAP
56caf160 3624@findex PROLOGUE_FIRSTLINE_OVERLAP
c906108c
SS
3625(Only used in unsupported Convex configuration.)
3626
3627@item PS_REGNUM
56caf160 3628@findex PS_REGNUM
c906108c
SS
3629If defined, this is the number of the processor status register. (This
3630definition is only used in generic code when parsing "$ps".)
3631
749b82f6
AC
3632@item DEPRECATED_POP_FRAME
3633@findex DEPRECATED_POP_FRAME
3634@findex frame_pop
3635If defined, used by @code{frame_pop} to remove a stack frame. This
3636method has been superseeded by generic code.
c906108c 3637
d4b6d575 3638@item push_dummy_call (@var{gdbarch}, @var{function}, @var{regcache}, @var{pc_addr}, @var{nargs}, @var{args}, @var{sp}, @var{struct_return}, @var{struct_addr})
b81774d8
AC
3639@findex push_dummy_call
3640@findex DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS.
39fe6e80
AC
3641@anchor{push_dummy_call} Define this to push the dummy frame's call to
3642the inferior function onto the stack. In addition to pushing
3643@var{nargs}, the code should push @var{struct_addr} (when
3644@var{struct_return}), and the return address (@var{bp_addr}).
c906108c 3645
86fe4aaa 3646@var{function} is a pointer to a @code{struct value}; on architectures that use
d4b6d575
RC
3647function descriptors, this contains the function descriptor value.
3648
b24da7d0 3649Returns the updated top-of-stack pointer.
b81774d8
AC
3650
3651This method replaces @code{DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS}.
3652
7043d8dc
AC
3653@item CORE_ADDR push_dummy_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sp}, @var{funaddr}, @var{using_gcc}, @var{args}, @var{nargs}, @var{value_type}, @var{real_pc}, @var{bp_addr})
3654@findex push_dummy_code
7043d8dc
AC
3655@anchor{push_dummy_code} Given a stack based call dummy, push the
3656instruction sequence (including space for a breakpoint) to which the
3657called function should return.
3658
3659Set @var{bp_addr} to the address at which the breakpoint instruction
3660should be inserted, @var{real_pc} to the resume address when starting
3661the call sequence, and return the updated inner-most stack address.
3662
3663By default, the stack is grown sufficient to hold a frame-aligned
3664(@pxref{frame_align}) breakpoint, @var{bp_addr} is set to the address
3665reserved for that breakpoint, and @var{real_pc} set to @var{funaddr}.
3666
434b87dd 3667This method replaces @code{CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION},
28954179 3668@code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_SIZE}.
7043d8dc 3669
56caf160
EZ
3670@item REGISTER_NAME(@var{i})
3671@findex REGISTER_NAME
3672Return the name of register @var{i} as a string. May return @code{NULL}
3673or @code{NUL} to indicate that register @var{i} is not valid.
c906108c 3674
8e823e25
MK
3675@item DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR (@var{gcc_p}, @var{type})
3676@findex DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR
a38c9fe6
MK
3677@anchor{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}Define this to return 1 if the
3678given type will be passed by pointer rather than directly.
3679
3680This method has been replaced by @code{stabs_argument_has_addr}
3681(@pxref{stabs_argument_has_addr}).
c906108c 3682
b24da7d0
AC
3683@item SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS (@var{sp})
3684@findex SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS
3685@anchor{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS} Used in @samp{call_function_by_hand} to
3686notify the target dependent code of the top-of-stack value that will be
3687passed to the the inferior code. This is the value of the @code{SP}
3688after both the dummy frame and space for parameters/results have been
3689allocated on the stack. @xref{unwind_dummy_id}.
43ff13b4 3690
c906108c 3691@item SDB_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3692@findex SDB_REG_TO_REGNUM
25822942 3693Define this to convert sdb register numbers into @value{GDBN} regnums. If not
c906108c
SS
3694defined, no conversion will be done.
3695
963e2bb7 3696@item enum return_value_convention gdbarch_return_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{valtype}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, void *@var{readbuf}, const void *@var{writebuf})
92ad9cd9
AC
3697@findex gdbarch_return_value
3698@anchor{gdbarch_return_value} Given a function with a return-value of
3699type @var{rettype}, return which return-value convention that function
3700would use.
3701
3702@value{GDBN} currently recognizes two function return-value conventions:
3703@code{RETURN_VALUE_REGISTER_CONVENTION} where the return value is found
3704in registers; and @code{RETURN_VALUE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} where the return
3705value is found in memory and the address of that memory location is
3706passed in as the function's first parameter.
3707
963e2bb7
AC
3708If the register convention is being used, and @var{writebuf} is
3709non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return-value in @var{writebuf} into
92ad9cd9
AC
3710@var{regcache}.
3711
963e2bb7 3712If the register convention is being used, and @var{readbuf} is
92ad9cd9 3713non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return value from @var{regcache} into
963e2bb7 3714@var{readbuf} (@var{regcache} contains a copy of the registers from the
92ad9cd9
AC
3715just returned function).
3716
74055713 3717@xref{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}, for a description of how
92ad9cd9
AC
3718return-values that use the struct convention are handled.
3719
3720@emph{Maintainer note: This method replaces separate predicate, extract,
3721store methods. By having only one method, the logic needed to determine
3722the return-value convention need only be implemented in one place. If
3723@value{GDBN} were written in an @sc{oo} language, this method would
3724instead return an object that knew how to perform the register
3725return-value extract and store.}
3726
3727@emph{Maintainer note: This method does not take a @var{gcc_p}
3728parameter, and such a parameter should not be added. If an architecture
3729that requires per-compiler or per-function information be identified,
3730then the replacement of @var{rettype} with @code{struct value}
3731@var{function} should be persued.}
3732
3733@emph{Maintainer note: The @var{regcache} parameter limits this methods
3734to the inner most frame. While replacing @var{regcache} with a
3735@code{struct frame_info} @var{frame} parameter would remove that
3736limitation there has yet to be a demonstrated need for such a change.}
3737
c2c6d25f 3738@item SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT
56caf160 3739@findex SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT
25822942 3740Advance the inferior's PC past a permanent breakpoint. @value{GDBN} normally
c2c6d25f
JM
3741steps over a breakpoint by removing it, stepping one instruction, and
3742re-inserting the breakpoint. However, permanent breakpoints are
3743hardwired into the inferior, and can't be removed, so this strategy
56caf160 3744doesn't work. Calling @code{SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT} adjusts the processor's
c2c6d25f
JM
3745state so that execution will resume just after the breakpoint. This
3746macro does the right thing even when the breakpoint is in the delay slot
3747of a branch or jump.
3748
56caf160
EZ
3749@item SKIP_PROLOGUE (@var{pc})
3750@findex SKIP_PROLOGUE
b83266a0
SS
3751A C expression that returns the address of the ``real'' code beyond the
3752function entry prologue found at @var{pc}.
c906108c 3753
56caf160
EZ
3754@item SKIP_TRAMPOLINE_CODE (@var{pc})
3755@findex SKIP_TRAMPOLINE_CODE
c906108c
SS
3756If the target machine has trampoline code that sits between callers and
3757the functions being called, then define this macro to return a new PC
3758that is at the start of the real function.
3759
3760@item SP_REGNUM
56caf160 3761@findex SP_REGNUM
cce74817 3762If the stack-pointer is kept in a register, then define this macro to be
6c0e89ed
AC
3763the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register, or -1 if
3764there is no such register.
c906108c
SS
3765
3766@item STAB_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3767@findex STAB_REG_TO_REGNUM
c906108c 3768Define this to convert stab register numbers (as gotten from `r'
25822942 3769declarations) into @value{GDBN} regnums. If not defined, no conversion will be
c906108c
SS
3770done.
3771
f27dd7fd
AC
3772@item DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN (@var{addr})
3773@anchor{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}
3774@findex DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN
790eb8f5
AC
3775Define this to increase @var{addr} so that it meets the alignment
3776requirements for the processor's stack.
3777
3778Unlike @ref{frame_align}, this function always adjusts @var{addr}
3779upwards.
3780
3781By default, no stack alignment is performed.
c906108c 3782
56caf160
EZ
3783@item STEP_SKIPS_DELAY (@var{addr})
3784@findex STEP_SKIPS_DELAY
c906108c
SS
3785Define this to return true if the address is of an instruction with a
3786delay slot. If a breakpoint has been placed in the instruction's delay
25822942 3787slot, @value{GDBN} will single-step over that instruction before resuming
c906108c
SS
3788normally. Currently only defined for the Mips.
3789
ebba8386 3790@item STORE_RETURN_VALUE (@var{type}, @var{regcache}, @var{valbuf})
56caf160 3791@findex STORE_RETURN_VALUE
ebba8386
AC
3792A C expression that writes the function return value, found in
3793@var{valbuf}, into the @var{regcache}. @var{type} is the type of the
3794value that is to be returned.
c906108c 3795
92ad9cd9
AC
3796This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
3797(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
3798
c906108c 3799@item SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
3800@findex SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
3801The default value of the ``symbol-reloading'' variable. (Never defined in
c906108c
SS
3802current sources.)
3803
c906108c 3804@item TARGET_CHAR_BIT
56caf160 3805@findex TARGET_CHAR_BIT
c906108c
SS
3806Number of bits in a char; defaults to 8.
3807
c3d3ce5b
JB
3808@item TARGET_CHAR_SIGNED
3809@findex TARGET_CHAR_SIGNED
3810Non-zero if @code{char} is normally signed on this architecture; zero if
3811it should be unsigned.
3812
3813The ISO C standard requires the compiler to treat @code{char} as
3814equivalent to either @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char}; any
3815character in the standard execution set is supposed to be positive.
3816Most compilers treat @code{char} as signed, but @code{char} is unsigned
3817on the IBM S/390, RS6000, and PowerPC targets.
3818
c906108c 3819@item TARGET_COMPLEX_BIT
56caf160 3820@findex TARGET_COMPLEX_BIT
c906108c
SS
3821Number of bits in a complex number; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_FLOAT_BIT}.
3822
ac9a91a7
JM
3823At present this macro is not used.
3824
c906108c 3825@item TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT
56caf160 3826@findex TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT
c906108c
SS
3827Number of bits in a double float; defaults to @code{8 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
3828
3829@item TARGET_DOUBLE_COMPLEX_BIT
56caf160 3830@findex TARGET_DOUBLE_COMPLEX_BIT
c906108c
SS
3831Number of bits in a double complex; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT}.
3832
ac9a91a7
JM
3833At present this macro is not used.
3834
c906108c 3835@item TARGET_FLOAT_BIT
56caf160 3836@findex TARGET_FLOAT_BIT
c906108c
SS
3837Number of bits in a float; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
3838
3839@item TARGET_INT_BIT
56caf160 3840@findex TARGET_INT_BIT
c906108c
SS
3841Number of bits in an integer; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
3842
3843@item TARGET_LONG_BIT
56caf160 3844@findex TARGET_LONG_BIT
c906108c
SS
3845Number of bits in a long integer; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
3846
3847@item TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT
56caf160 3848@findex TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT
c906108c
SS
3849Number of bits in a long double float;
3850defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT}.
3851
3852@item TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT
56caf160 3853@findex TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT
c906108c
SS
3854Number of bits in a long long integer; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_LONG_BIT}.
3855
3856@item TARGET_PTR_BIT
56caf160 3857@findex TARGET_PTR_BIT
c906108c
SS
3858Number of bits in a pointer; defaults to @code{TARGET_INT_BIT}.
3859
3860@item TARGET_SHORT_BIT
56caf160 3861@findex TARGET_SHORT_BIT
c906108c
SS
3862Number of bits in a short integer; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
3863
3864@item TARGET_READ_PC
56caf160
EZ
3865@findex TARGET_READ_PC
3866@itemx TARGET_WRITE_PC (@var{val}, @var{pid})
3867@findex TARGET_WRITE_PC
0717ae8a 3868@anchor{TARGET_WRITE_PC}
56caf160
EZ
3869@itemx TARGET_READ_SP
3870@findex TARGET_READ_SP
56caf160
EZ
3871@itemx TARGET_READ_FP
3872@findex TARGET_READ_FP
56caf160
EZ
3873@findex read_pc
3874@findex write_pc
3875@findex read_sp
56caf160 3876@findex read_fp
a9e5fdc2 3877@anchor{TARGET_READ_SP} These change the behavior of @code{read_pc},
8d2c00cb 3878@code{write_pc}, and @code{read_sp}. For most targets, these may be
9c8dbfa9
AC
3879left undefined. @value{GDBN} will call the read and write register
3880functions with the relevant @code{_REGNUM} argument.
c906108c
SS
3881
3882These macros are useful when a target keeps one of these registers in a
3883hard to get at place; for example, part in a segment register and part
3884in an ordinary register.
3885
a9e5fdc2
AC
3886@xref{unwind_sp}, which replaces @code{TARGET_READ_SP}.
3887
56caf160
EZ
3888@item TARGET_VIRTUAL_FRAME_POINTER(@var{pc}, @var{regp}, @var{offsetp})
3889@findex TARGET_VIRTUAL_FRAME_POINTER
0ba6dca9
AC
3890Returns a @code{(register, offset)} pair representing the virtual frame
3891pointer in use at the code address @var{pc}. If virtual frame pointers
3892are not used, a default definition simply returns
3893@code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM}, with an offset of zero.
c906108c 3894
9742079a
EZ
3895@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
3896If non-zero, the target has support for hardware-assisted
3897watchpoints. @xref{Algorithms, watchpoints}, for more details and
3898other related macros.
3899
7ccaa899
EZ
3900@item TARGET_PRINT_INSN (@var{addr}, @var{info})
3901@findex TARGET_PRINT_INSN
3902This is the function used by @value{GDBN} to print an assembly
3903instruction. It prints the instruction at address @var{addr} in
3904debugged memory and returns the length of the instruction, in bytes. If
3905a target doesn't define its own printing routine, it defaults to an
d7a27068
AC
3906accessor function for the global pointer
3907@code{deprecated_tm_print_insn}. This usually points to a function in
3908the @code{opcodes} library (@pxref{Support Libraries, ,Opcodes}).
3909@var{info} is a structure (of type @code{disassemble_info}) defined in
3910@file{include/dis-asm.h} used to pass information to the instruction
3911decoding routine.
7ccaa899 3912
6314f104
AC
3913@item struct frame_id unwind_dummy_id (struct frame_info *@var{frame})
3914@findex unwind_dummy_id
3915@anchor{unwind_dummy_id} Given @var{frame} return a @code{struct
3916frame_id} that uniquely identifies an inferior function call's dummy
b24da7d0
AC
3917frame. The value returned must match the dummy frame stack value
3918previously saved using @code{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS}.
3919@xref{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS}.
6314f104 3920
b5622e8d
AC
3921@item DEPRECATED_USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION (@var{gcc_p}, @var{type})
3922@findex DEPRECATED_USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION
c906108c
SS
3923If defined, this must be an expression that is nonzero if a value of the
3924given @var{type} being returned from a function must have space
3925allocated for it on the stack. @var{gcc_p} is true if the function
3926being considered is known to have been compiled by GCC; this is helpful
3927for systems where GCC is known to use different calling convention than
3928other compilers.
3929
92ad9cd9
AC
3930This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
3931(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
3932
13d01224
AC
3933@item VALUE_TO_REGISTER(@var{type}, @var{regnum}, @var{from}, @var{to})
3934@findex VALUE_TO_REGISTER
3935Convert a value of type @var{type} into the raw contents of register
3936@var{regnum}'s.
3937@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
3938
56caf160
EZ
3939@item VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK (@var{desc}, @var{gcc_p})
3940@findex VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK
c906108c
SS
3941For dbx-style debugging information, if the compiler puts variable
3942declarations inside LBRAC/RBRAC blocks, this should be defined to be
3943nonzero. @var{desc} is the value of @code{n_desc} from the
25822942 3944@code{N_RBRAC} symbol, and @var{gcc_p} is true if @value{GDBN} has noticed the
c906108c
SS
3945presence of either the @code{GCC_COMPILED_SYMBOL} or the
3946@code{GCC2_COMPILED_SYMBOL}. By default, this is 0.
3947
56caf160
EZ
3948@item OS9K_VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK (@var{desc}, @var{gcc_p})
3949@findex OS9K_VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK
c906108c 3950Similarly, for OS/9000. Defaults to 1.
c906108c
SS
3951@end table
3952
3953Motorola M68K target conditionals.
3954
56caf160 3955@ftable @code
c906108c
SS
3956@item BPT_VECTOR
3957Define this to be the 4-bit location of the breakpoint trap vector. If
3958not defined, it will default to @code{0xf}.
3959
3960@item REMOTE_BPT_VECTOR
3961Defaults to @code{1}.
a23a7bf1
JB
3962
3963@item NAME_OF_MALLOC
3964@findex NAME_OF_MALLOC
3965A string containing the name of the function to call in order to
3966allocate some memory in the inferior. The default value is "malloc".
3967
56caf160 3968@end ftable
c906108c
SS
3969
3970@section Adding a New Target
3971
56caf160 3972@cindex adding a target
af6c57ea 3973The following files add a target to @value{GDBN}:
c906108c
SS
3974
3975@table @file
56caf160 3976@vindex TDEPFILES
c906108c
SS
3977@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{ttt}.mt
3978Contains a Makefile fragment specific to this target. Specifies what
3979object files are needed for target @var{ttt}, by defining
104c1213
JM
3980@samp{TDEPFILES=@dots{}} and @samp{TDEPLIBS=@dots{}}. Also specifies
3981the header file which describes @var{ttt}, by defining @samp{TM_FILE=
3982tm-@var{ttt}.h}.
3983
3984You can also define @samp{TM_CFLAGS}, @samp{TM_CLIBS}, @samp{TM_CDEPS},
3985but these are now deprecated, replaced by autoconf, and may go away in
25822942 3986future versions of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 3987
c906108c
SS
3988@item gdb/@var{ttt}-tdep.c
3989Contains any miscellaneous code required for this target machine. On
3990some machines it doesn't exist at all. Sometimes the macros in
3991@file{tm-@var{ttt}.h} become very complicated, so they are implemented
3992as functions here instead, and the macro is simply defined to call the
3993function. This is vastly preferable, since it is easier to understand
3994and debug.
3995
af6c57ea
AC
3996@item gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.c
3997@itemx gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.h
3998This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
3999processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by
4000@file{@var{ttt}-tdep.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use
4001the same processor.
4002
4003@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{ttt}.h
4004(@file{tm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains
4005macro definitions about the target machine's registers, stack frame
4006format and instructions.
4007
4008New targets do not need this file and should not create it.
4009
c906108c
SS
4010@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h
4011This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
56caf160 4012processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by
c906108c
SS
4013@file{tm-@var{ttt}.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use the
4014same processor.
4015
af6c57ea
AC
4016New targets do not need this file and should not create it.
4017
c906108c
SS
4018@end table
4019
4020If you are adding a new operating system for an existing CPU chip, add a
4021@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h} file that describes the operating system
4022facilities that are unusual (extra symbol table info; the breakpoint
56caf160 4023instruction needed; etc.). Then write a @file{@var{arch}/tm-@var{os}.h}
c906108c
SS
4024that just @code{#include}s @file{tm-@var{arch}.h} and
4025@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h}.
4026
4027
3352e23e
AC
4028@section Converting an existing Target Architecture to Multi-arch
4029@cindex converting targets to multi-arch
4030
4031This section describes the current accepted best practice for converting
4032an existing target architecture to the multi-arch framework.
4033
4034The process consists of generating, testing, posting and committing a
4035sequence of patches. Each patch must contain a single change, for
4036instance:
4037
4038@itemize @bullet
4039
4040@item
4041Directly convert a group of functions into macros (the conversion does
4042not change the behavior of any of the functions).
4043
4044@item
4045Replace a non-multi-arch with a multi-arch mechanism (e.g.,
4046@code{FRAME_INFO}).
4047
4048@item
4049Enable multi-arch level one.
4050
4051@item
4052Delete one or more files.
4053
4054@end itemize
4055
4056@noindent
4057There isn't a size limit on a patch, however, a developer is strongly
4058encouraged to keep the patch size down.
4059
4060Since each patch is well defined, and since each change has been tested
4061and shows no regressions, the patches are considered @emph{fairly}
4062obvious. Such patches, when submitted by developers listed in the
4063@file{MAINTAINERS} file, do not need approval. Occasional steps in the
4064process may be more complicated and less clear. The developer is
4065expected to use their judgment and is encouraged to seek advice as
4066needed.
4067
4068@subsection Preparation
4069
4070The first step is to establish control. Build (with @option{-Werror}
4071enabled) and test the target so that there is a baseline against which
4072the debugger can be compared.
4073
4074At no stage can the test results regress or @value{GDBN} stop compiling
4075with @option{-Werror}.
4076
4077@subsection Add the multi-arch initialization code
4078
4079The objective of this step is to establish the basic multi-arch
4080framework. It involves
4081
4082@itemize @bullet
4083
4084@item
4085The addition of a @code{@var{arch}_gdbarch_init} function@footnote{The
4086above is from the original example and uses K&R C. @value{GDBN}
4087has since converted to ISO C but lets ignore that.} that creates
4088the architecture:
4089@smallexample
4090static struct gdbarch *
4091d10v_gdbarch_init (info, arches)
4092 struct gdbarch_info info;
4093 struct gdbarch_list *arches;
4094@{
4095 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4096 /* there is only one d10v architecture */
4097 if (arches != NULL)
4098 return arches->gdbarch;
4099 gdbarch = gdbarch_alloc (&info, NULL);
4100 return gdbarch;
4101@}
4102@end smallexample
4103@noindent
4104@emph{}
4105
4106@item
4107A per-architecture dump function to print any architecture specific
4108information:
4109@smallexample
4110static void
4111mips_dump_tdep (struct gdbarch *current_gdbarch,
4112 struct ui_file *file)
4113@{
4114 @dots{} code to print architecture specific info @dots{}
4115@}
4116@end smallexample
4117
4118@item
4119A change to @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} to register this new
4120architecture:
4121@smallexample
4122void
4123_initialize_mips_tdep (void)
4124@{
4125 gdbarch_register (bfd_arch_mips, mips_gdbarch_init,
4126 mips_dump_tdep);
4127@end smallexample
4128
4129@item
4130Add the macro @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH}, defined as 0 (zero), to the file@*
4131@file{config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h}.
4132
4133@end itemize
4134
4135@subsection Update multi-arch incompatible mechanisms
4136
4137Some mechanisms do not work with multi-arch. They include:
4138
4139@table @code
3352e23e 4140@item FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS
f30ee0bc 4141Replaced with @code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS}
3352e23e
AC
4142@end table
4143
4144@noindent
4145At this stage you could also consider converting the macros into
4146functions.
4147
4148@subsection Prepare for multi-arch level to one
4149
4150Temporally set @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH} to @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH_PARTIAL}
4151and then build and start @value{GDBN} (the change should not be
4152committed). @value{GDBN} may not build, and once built, it may die with
4153an internal error listing the architecture methods that must be
4154provided.
4155
4156Fix any build problems (patch(es)).
4157
4158Convert all the architecture methods listed, which are only macros, into
4159functions (patch(es)).
4160
4161Update @code{@var{arch}_gdbarch_init} to set all the missing
4162architecture methods and wrap the corresponding macros in @code{#if
4163!GDB_MULTI_ARCH} (patch(es)).
4164
4165@subsection Set multi-arch level one
4166
4167Change the value of @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH} to GDB_MULTI_ARCH_PARTIAL (a
4168single patch).
4169
4170Any problems with throwing ``the switch'' should have been fixed
4171already.
4172
4173@subsection Convert remaining macros
4174
4175Suggest converting macros into functions (and setting the corresponding
4176architecture method) in small batches.
4177
4178@subsection Set multi-arch level to two
4179
4180This should go smoothly.
4181
4182@subsection Delete the TM file
4183
4184The @file{tm-@var{arch}.h} can be deleted. @file{@var{arch}.mt} and
4185@file{configure.in} updated.
4186
4187
c906108c
SS
4188@node Target Vector Definition
4189
4190@chapter Target Vector Definition
56caf160 4191@cindex target vector
c906108c 4192
56caf160
EZ
4193The target vector defines the interface between @value{GDBN}'s
4194abstract handling of target systems, and the nitty-gritty code that
4195actually exercises control over a process or a serial port.
4196@value{GDBN} includes some 30-40 different target vectors; however,
4197each configuration of @value{GDBN} includes only a few of them.
c906108c
SS
4198
4199@section File Targets
4200
4201Both executables and core files have target vectors.
4202
4203@section Standard Protocol and Remote Stubs
4204
56caf160
EZ
4205@value{GDBN}'s file @file{remote.c} talks a serial protocol to code
4206that runs in the target system. @value{GDBN} provides several sample
4207@dfn{stubs} that can be integrated into target programs or operating
4208systems for this purpose; they are named @file{*-stub.c}.
c906108c 4209
56caf160
EZ
4210The @value{GDBN} user's manual describes how to put such a stub into
4211your target code. What follows is a discussion of integrating the
4212SPARC stub into a complicated operating system (rather than a simple
4213program), by Stu Grossman, the author of this stub.
c906108c
SS
4214
4215The trap handling code in the stub assumes the following upon entry to
56caf160 4216@code{trap_low}:
c906108c
SS
4217
4218@enumerate
56caf160
EZ
4219@item
4220%l1 and %l2 contain pc and npc respectively at the time of the trap;
c906108c 4221
56caf160
EZ
4222@item
4223traps are disabled;
c906108c 4224
56caf160
EZ
4225@item
4226you are in the correct trap window.
c906108c
SS
4227@end enumerate
4228
4229As long as your trap handler can guarantee those conditions, then there
56caf160 4230is no reason why you shouldn't be able to ``share'' traps with the stub.
c906108c
SS
4231The stub has no requirement that it be jumped to directly from the
4232hardware trap vector. That is why it calls @code{exceptionHandler()},
4233which is provided by the external environment. For instance, this could
56caf160 4234set up the hardware traps to actually execute code which calls the stub
c906108c
SS
4235first, and then transfers to its own trap handler.
4236
4237For the most point, there probably won't be much of an issue with
56caf160 4238``sharing'' traps, as the traps we use are usually not used by the kernel,
c906108c
SS
4239and often indicate unrecoverable error conditions. Anyway, this is all
4240controlled by a table, and is trivial to modify. The most important
4241trap for us is for @code{ta 1}. Without that, we can't single step or
4242do breakpoints. Everything else is unnecessary for the proper operation
4243of the debugger/stub.
4244
4245From reading the stub, it's probably not obvious how breakpoints work.
25822942 4246They are simply done by deposit/examine operations from @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
4247
4248@section ROM Monitor Interface
4249
4250@section Custom Protocols
4251
4252@section Transport Layer
4253
4254@section Builtin Simulator
4255
4256
4257@node Native Debugging
4258
4259@chapter Native Debugging
56caf160 4260@cindex native debugging
c906108c 4261
25822942 4262Several files control @value{GDBN}'s configuration for native support:
c906108c
SS
4263
4264@table @file
56caf160 4265@vindex NATDEPFILES
c906108c 4266@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527 4267Specifies Makefile fragments needed by a @emph{native} configuration on
c906108c
SS
4268machine @var{xyz}. In particular, this lists the required
4269native-dependent object files, by defining @samp{NATDEPFILES=@dots{}}.
4270Also specifies the header file which describes native support on
4271@var{xyz}, by defining @samp{NAT_FILE= nm-@var{xyz}.h}. You can also
4272define @samp{NAT_CFLAGS}, @samp{NAT_ADD_FILES}, @samp{NAT_CLIBS},
4273@samp{NAT_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
4274
7fd60527
AC
4275@emph{Maintainer's note: The @file{.mh} suffix is because this file
4276originally contained @file{Makefile} fragments for hosting @value{GDBN}
4277on machine @var{xyz}. While the file is no longer used for this
937f164b 4278purpose, the @file{.mh} suffix remains. Perhaps someone will
7fd60527
AC
4279eventually rename these fragments so that they have a @file{.mn}
4280suffix.}
4281
c906108c 4282@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/nm-@var{xyz}.h
56caf160 4283(@file{nm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains C
c906108c
SS
4284macro definitions describing the native system environment, such as
4285child process control and core file support.
4286
4287@item gdb/@var{xyz}-nat.c
4288Contains any miscellaneous C code required for this native support of
4289this machine. On some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c
SS
4290@end table
4291
4292There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
4293various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
4294defined in your @file{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
4295the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
4296@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4297
4298Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
4299to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
56caf160 4300Put them into @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c}, and put @file{@var{xyz}-nat.o}
c906108c
SS
4301into @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4302
4303@table @file
c906108c
SS
4304@item inftarg.c
4305This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4306processes on systems which use ptrace and wait to control the child.
4307
4308@item procfs.c
4309This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4310processes on systems which use /proc to control the child.
4311
4312@item fork-child.c
56caf160
EZ
4313This does the low-level grunge that uses Unix system calls to do a ``fork
4314and exec'' to start up a child process.
c906108c
SS
4315
4316@item infptrace.c
4317This is the low level interface to inferior processes for systems using
4318the Unix @code{ptrace} call in a vanilla way.
c906108c
SS
4319@end table
4320
4321@section Native core file Support
56caf160 4322@cindex native core files
c906108c
SS
4323
4324@table @file
56caf160 4325@findex fetch_core_registers
c906108c
SS
4326@item core-aout.c::fetch_core_registers()
4327Support for reading registers out of a core file. This routine calls
4328@code{register_addr()}, see below. Now that BFD is used to read core
4329files, virtually all machines should use @code{core-aout.c}, and should
4330just provide @code{fetch_core_registers} in @code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} (or
4331@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} in @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h}).
4332
4333@item core-aout.c::register_addr()
4334If your @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file defines the macro
4335@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR(addr, blockend, regno)}, it should be defined to
25822942 4336set @code{addr} to the offset within the @samp{user} struct of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
4337register number @code{regno}. @code{blockend} is the offset within the
4338``upage'' of @code{u.u_ar0}. If @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} is defined,
4339@file{core-aout.c} will define the @code{register_addr()} function and
4340use the macro in it. If you do not define @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR}, but
4341you are using the standard @code{fetch_core_registers()}, you will need
4342to define your own version of @code{register_addr()}, put it into your
4343@code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file, and be sure @code{@var{xyz}-nat.o} is in
4344the @code{NATDEPFILES} list. If you have your own
4345@code{fetch_core_registers()}, you may not need a separate
4346@code{register_addr()}. Many custom @code{fetch_core_registers()}
4347implementations simply locate the registers themselves.@refill
c906108c
SS
4348@end table
4349
25822942 4350When making @value{GDBN} run native on a new operating system, to make it
c906108c
SS
4351possible to debug core files, you will need to either write specific
4352code for parsing your OS's core files, or customize
4353@file{bfd/trad-core.c}. First, use whatever @code{#include} files your
4354machine uses to define the struct of registers that is accessible
4355(possibly in the u-area) in a core file (rather than
4356@file{machine/reg.h}), and an include file that defines whatever header
c1468174 4357exists on a core file (e.g., the u-area or a @code{struct core}). Then
56caf160 4358modify @code{trad_unix_core_file_p} to use these values to set up the
c906108c
SS
4359section information for the data segment, stack segment, any other
4360segments in the core file (perhaps shared library contents or control
4361information), ``registers'' segment, and if there are two discontiguous
c1468174 4362sets of registers (e.g., integer and float), the ``reg2'' segment. This
c906108c
SS
4363section information basically delimits areas in the core file in a
4364standard way, which the section-reading routines in BFD know how to seek
4365around in.
4366
25822942 4367Then back in @value{GDBN}, you need a matching routine called
56caf160 4368@code{fetch_core_registers}. If you can use the generic one, it's in
c906108c
SS
4369@file{core-aout.c}; if not, it's in your @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file.
4370It will be passed a char pointer to the entire ``registers'' segment,
4371its length, and a zero; or a char pointer to the entire ``regs2''
4372segment, its length, and a 2. The routine should suck out the supplied
25822942 4373register values and install them into @value{GDBN}'s ``registers'' array.
c906108c
SS
4374
4375If your system uses @file{/proc} to control processes, and uses ELF
4376format core files, then you may be able to use the same routines for
4377reading the registers out of processes and out of core files.
4378
4379@section ptrace
4380
4381@section /proc
4382
4383@section win32
4384
4385@section shared libraries
4386
4387@section Native Conditionals
56caf160 4388@cindex native conditionals
c906108c 4389
56caf160
EZ
4390When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
4391defined or left undefined, to control compilation when the host and
4392target systems are the same. These macros should be defined (or left
4393undefined) in @file{nm-@var{system}.h}.
c906108c 4394
1f6d4158
AC
4395@table @code
4396
c906108c 4397@item CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
56caf160 4398@findex CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
c906108c
SS
4399If the machine stores all registers at once in the child process, then
4400define this to ensure that all values are correct. This usually entails
4401a read from the child.
4402
4403[Note that this is incorrectly defined in @file{xm-@var{system}.h} files
4404currently.]
4405
4406@item FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
56caf160 4407@findex FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
c906108c
SS
4408Define this if the native-dependent code will provide its own routines
4409@code{fetch_inferior_registers} and @code{store_inferior_registers} in
56caf160 4410@file{@var{host}-nat.c}. If this symbol is @emph{not} defined, and
c906108c
SS
4411@file{infptrace.c} is included in this configuration, the default
4412routines in @file{infptrace.c} are used for these functions.
4413
c906108c 4414@item FP0_REGNUM
56caf160 4415@findex FP0_REGNUM
c906108c
SS
4416This macro is normally defined to be the number of the first floating
4417point register, if the machine has such registers. As such, it would
56caf160 4418appear only in target-specific code. However, @file{/proc} support uses this
c906108c
SS
4419to decide whether floats are in use on this target.
4420
4421@item GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
56caf160 4422@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
4423For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the
4424DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since
56caf160 4425@file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it.
c906108c 4426
56caf160 4427This macro determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to,
c906108c 4428assuming that we have just stopped at a longjmp breakpoint. It takes a
56caf160 4429@code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this
c906108c
SS
4430pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed.
4431
9742079a
EZ
4432@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
4433An x86-based machine can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
4434support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
4435
c906108c 4436@item KERNEL_U_ADDR
56caf160 4437@findex KERNEL_U_ADDR
c906108c 4438Define this to the address of the @code{u} structure (the ``user
25822942 4439struct'', also known as the ``u-page'') in kernel virtual memory. @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
4440needs to know this so that it can subtract this address from absolute
4441addresses in the upage, that are obtained via ptrace or from core files.
4442On systems that don't need this value, set it to zero.
4443
c906108c 4444@item KERNEL_U_ADDR_HPUX
56caf160 4445@findex KERNEL_U_ADDR_HPUX
25822942 4446Define this to cause @value{GDBN} to determine the address of @code{u} at
c906108c
SS
4447runtime, by using HP-style @code{nlist} on the kernel's image in the
4448root directory.
4449
4450@item ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
56caf160 4451@findex ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
c906108c
SS
4452Define this to be able to, when a breakpoint insertion fails, warn the
4453user that another process may be running with the same executable.
4454
4455@item PROC_NAME_FMT
56caf160 4456@findex PROC_NAME_FMT
c906108c
SS
4457Defines the format for the name of a @file{/proc} device. Should be
4458defined in @file{nm.h} @emph{only} in order to override the default
4459definition in @file{procfs.c}.
4460
c906108c 4461@item PTRACE_ARG3_TYPE
56caf160 4462@findex PTRACE_ARG3_TYPE
c906108c
SS
4463The type of the third argument to the @code{ptrace} system call, if it
4464exists and is different from @code{int}.
4465
4466@item REGISTER_U_ADDR
56caf160 4467@findex REGISTER_U_ADDR
c906108c
SS
4468Defines the offset of the registers in the ``u area''.
4469
4470@item SHELL_COMMAND_CONCAT
56caf160 4471@findex SHELL_COMMAND_CONCAT
c906108c
SS
4472If defined, is a string to prefix on the shell command used to start the
4473inferior.
4474
4475@item SHELL_FILE
56caf160 4476@findex SHELL_FILE
c906108c
SS
4477If defined, this is the name of the shell to use to run the inferior.
4478Defaults to @code{"/bin/sh"}.
4479
990f9fe3 4480@item SOLIB_ADD (@var{filename}, @var{from_tty}, @var{targ}, @var{readsyms})
56caf160 4481@findex SOLIB_ADD
c906108c 4482Define this to expand into an expression that will cause the symbols in
990f9fe3
FF
4483@var{filename} to be added to @value{GDBN}'s symbol table. If
4484@var{readsyms} is zero symbols are not read but any necessary low level
4485processing for @var{filename} is still done.
c906108c
SS
4486
4487@item SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
56caf160 4488@findex SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
c906108c
SS
4489Define this to expand into any shared-library-relocation code that you
4490want to be run just after the child process has been forked.
4491
4492@item START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
56caf160
EZ
4493@findex START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
4494When starting an inferior, @value{GDBN} normally expects to trap
4495twice; once when
c906108c
SS
4496the shell execs, and once when the program itself execs. If the actual
4497number of traps is something other than 2, then define this macro to
4498expand into the number expected.
4499
c906108c 4500@item USE_PROC_FS
56caf160 4501@findex USE_PROC_FS
c906108c 4502This determines whether small routines in @file{*-tdep.c}, which
56caf160
EZ
4503translate register values between @value{GDBN}'s internal
4504representation and the @file{/proc} representation, are compiled.
c906108c
SS
4505
4506@item U_REGS_OFFSET
56caf160 4507@findex U_REGS_OFFSET
c906108c
SS
4508This is the offset of the registers in the upage. It need only be
4509defined if the generic ptrace register access routines in
4510@file{infptrace.c} are being used (that is, @file{infptrace.c} is
4511configured in, and @code{FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS} is not defined). If
4512the default value from @file{infptrace.c} is good enough, leave it
4513undefined.
4514
4515The default value means that u.u_ar0 @emph{points to} the location of
4516the registers. I'm guessing that @code{#define U_REGS_OFFSET 0} means
56caf160 4517that @code{u.u_ar0} @emph{is} the location of the registers.
c906108c
SS
4518
4519@item CLEAR_SOLIB
56caf160
EZ
4520@findex CLEAR_SOLIB
4521See @file{objfiles.c}.
c906108c
SS
4522
4523@item DEBUG_PTRACE
56caf160
EZ
4524@findex DEBUG_PTRACE
4525Define this to debug @code{ptrace} calls.
c906108c
SS
4526@end table
4527
4528
4529@node Support Libraries
4530
4531@chapter Support Libraries
4532
4533@section BFD
56caf160 4534@cindex BFD library
c906108c 4535
25822942 4536BFD provides support for @value{GDBN} in several ways:
c906108c
SS
4537
4538@table @emph
c906108c
SS
4539@item identifying executable and core files
4540BFD will identify a variety of file types, including a.out, coff, and
4541several variants thereof, as well as several kinds of core files.
4542
4543@item access to sections of files
4544BFD parses the file headers to determine the names, virtual addresses,
4545sizes, and file locations of all the various named sections in files
56caf160
EZ
4546(such as the text section or the data section). @value{GDBN} simply
4547calls BFD to read or write section @var{x} at byte offset @var{y} for
4548length @var{z}.
c906108c
SS
4549
4550@item specialized core file support
4551BFD provides routines to determine the failing command name stored in a
4552core file, the signal with which the program failed, and whether a core
56caf160 4553file matches (i.e.@: could be a core dump of) a particular executable
c906108c
SS
4554file.
4555
4556@item locating the symbol information
25822942
DB
4557@value{GDBN} uses an internal interface of BFD to determine where to find the
4558symbol information in an executable file or symbol-file. @value{GDBN} itself
c906108c 4559handles the reading of symbols, since BFD does not ``understand'' debug
25822942 4560symbols, but @value{GDBN} uses BFD's cached information to find the symbols,
c906108c 4561string table, etc.
c906108c
SS
4562@end table
4563
4564@section opcodes
56caf160 4565@cindex opcodes library
c906108c 4566
25822942 4567The opcodes library provides @value{GDBN}'s disassembler. (It's a separate
c906108c
SS
4568library because it's also used in binutils, for @file{objdump}).
4569
4570@section readline
4571
4572@section mmalloc
4573
4574@section libiberty
1eb288ea
EZ
4575@cindex @code{libiberty} library
4576
4577The @code{libiberty} library provides a set of functions and features
4578that integrate and improve on functionality found in modern operating
4579systems. Broadly speaking, such features can be divided into three
4580groups: supplemental functions (functions that may be missing in some
4581environments and operating systems), replacement functions (providing
4582a uniform and easier to use interface for commonly used standard
4583functions), and extensions (which provide additional functionality
4584beyond standard functions).
4585
4586@value{GDBN} uses various features provided by the @code{libiberty}
4587library, for instance the C@t{++} demangler, the @acronym{IEEE}
4588floating format support functions, the input options parser
4589@samp{getopt}, the @samp{obstack} extension, and other functions.
4590
4591@subsection @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN}
4592@cindex @code{obstacks}
4593
4594The obstack mechanism provides a convenient way to allocate and free
4595chunks of memory. Each obstack is a pool of memory that is managed
4596like a stack. Objects (of any nature, size and alignment) are
4597allocated and freed in a @acronym{LIFO} fashion on an obstack (see
4598@code{libiberty}'s documenatation for a more detailed explanation of
4599@code{obstacks}).
4600
4601The most noticeable use of the @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN} is in
4602object files. There is an obstack associated with each internal
4603representation of an object file. Lots of things get allocated on
4604these @code{obstacks}: dictionary entries, blocks, blockvectors,
4605symbols, minimal symbols, types, vectors of fundamental types, class
4606fields of types, object files section lists, object files section
4607offets lists, line tables, symbol tables, partial symbol tables,
4608string tables, symbol table private data, macros tables, debug
4609information sections and entries, import and export lists (som),
4610unwind information (hppa), dwarf2 location expressions data. Plus
4611various strings such as directory names strings, debug format strings,
4612names of types.
4613
4614An essential and convenient property of all data on @code{obstacks} is
4615that memory for it gets allocated (with @code{obstack_alloc}) at
4616various times during a debugging sesssion, but it is released all at
4617once using the @code{obstack_free} function. The @code{obstack_free}
4618function takes a pointer to where in the stack it must start the
4619deletion from (much like the cleanup chains have a pointer to where to
4620start the cleanups). Because of the stack like structure of the
4621@code{obstacks}, this allows to free only a top portion of the
4622obstack. There are a few instances in @value{GDBN} where such thing
4623happens. Calls to @code{obstack_free} are done after some local data
4624is allocated to the obstack. Only the local data is deleted from the
4625obstack. Of course this assumes that nothing between the
4626@code{obstack_alloc} and the @code{obstack_free} allocates anything
4627else on the same obstack. For this reason it is best and safest to
4628use temporary @code{obstacks}.
4629
4630Releasing the whole obstack is also not safe per se. It is safe only
4631under the condition that we know the @code{obstacks} memory is no
4632longer needed. In @value{GDBN} we get rid of the @code{obstacks} only
4633when we get rid of the whole objfile(s), for instance upon reading a
4634new symbol file.
c906108c
SS
4635
4636@section gnu-regex
56caf160 4637@cindex regular expressions library
c906108c
SS
4638
4639Regex conditionals.
4640
4641@table @code
c906108c
SS
4642@item C_ALLOCA
4643
4644@item NFAILURES
4645
4646@item RE_NREGS
4647
4648@item SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR
4649
4650@item SWITCH_ENUM_BUG
4651
4652@item SYNTAX_TABLE
4653
4654@item Sword
4655
4656@item sparc
c906108c
SS
4657@end table
4658
4659@section include
4660
4661@node Coding
4662
4663@chapter Coding
4664
4665This chapter covers topics that are lower-level than the major
25822942 4666algorithms of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
4667
4668@section Cleanups
56caf160 4669@cindex cleanups
c906108c
SS
4670
4671Cleanups are a structured way to deal with things that need to be done
cc1cb004 4672later.
c906108c 4673
cc1cb004
AC
4674When your code does something (e.g., @code{xmalloc} some memory, or
4675@code{open} a file) that needs to be undone later (e.g., @code{xfree}
4676the memory or @code{close} the file), it can make a cleanup. The
4677cleanup will be done at some future point: when the command is finished
4678and control returns to the top level; when an error occurs and the stack
4679is unwound; or when your code decides it's time to explicitly perform
4680cleanups. Alternatively you can elect to discard the cleanups you
4681created.
c906108c
SS
4682
4683Syntax:
4684
4685@table @code
c906108c
SS
4686@item struct cleanup *@var{old_chain};
4687Declare a variable which will hold a cleanup chain handle.
4688
56caf160 4689@findex make_cleanup
c906108c
SS
4690@item @var{old_chain} = make_cleanup (@var{function}, @var{arg});
4691Make a cleanup which will cause @var{function} to be called with
4692@var{arg} (a @code{char *}) later. The result, @var{old_chain}, is a
cc1cb004
AC
4693handle that can later be passed to @code{do_cleanups} or
4694@code{discard_cleanups}. Unless you are going to call
4695@code{do_cleanups} or @code{discard_cleanups}, you can ignore the result
4696from @code{make_cleanup}.
c906108c 4697
56caf160 4698@findex do_cleanups
c906108c 4699@item do_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
cc1cb004
AC
4700Do all cleanups added to the chain since the corresponding
4701@code{make_cleanup} call was made.
4702
4703@findex discard_cleanups
4704@item discard_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
4705Same as @code{do_cleanups} except that it just removes the cleanups from
4706the chain and does not call the specified functions.
4707@end table
4708
4709Cleanups are implemented as a chain. The handle returned by
4710@code{make_cleanups} includes the cleanup passed to the call and any
4711later cleanups appended to the chain (but not yet discarded or
4712performed). E.g.:
56caf160 4713
474c8240 4714@smallexample
c906108c 4715make_cleanup (a, 0);
cc1cb004
AC
4716@{
4717 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (b, 0);
4718 make_cleanup (c, 0)
4719 ...
4720 do_cleanups (old);
4721@}
474c8240 4722@end smallexample
56caf160 4723
c906108c 4724@noindent
cc1cb004
AC
4725will call @code{c()} and @code{b()} but will not call @code{a()}. The
4726cleanup that calls @code{a()} will remain in the cleanup chain, and will
4727be done later unless otherwise discarded.@refill
4728
4729Your function should explicitly do or discard the cleanups it creates.
4730Failing to do this leads to non-deterministic behavior since the caller
4731will arbitrarily do or discard your functions cleanups. This need leads
4732to two common cleanup styles.
4733
4734The first style is try/finally. Before it exits, your code-block calls
4735@code{do_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that your
4736code-block's cleanups are always performed. For instance, the following
4737code-segment avoids a memory leak problem (even when @code{error} is
4738called and a forced stack unwind occurs) by ensuring that the
4739@code{xfree} will always be called:
c906108c 4740
474c8240 4741@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
4742struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
4743data = xmalloc (sizeof blah);
4744make_cleanup (xfree, data);
4745... blah blah ...
4746do_cleanups (old);
474c8240 4747@end smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
4748
4749The second style is try/except. Before it exits, your code-block calls
4750@code{discard_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that
4751any created cleanups are not performed. For instance, the following
4752code segment, ensures that the file will be closed but only if there is
4753an error:
4754
474c8240 4755@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
4756FILE *file = fopen ("afile", "r");
4757struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (close_file, file);
4758... blah blah ...
4759discard_cleanups (old);
4760return file;
474c8240 4761@end smallexample
c906108c 4762
c1468174 4763Some functions, e.g., @code{fputs_filtered()} or @code{error()}, specify
c906108c
SS
4764that they ``should not be called when cleanups are not in place''. This
4765means that any actions you need to reverse in the case of an error or
4766interruption must be on the cleanup chain before you call these
4767functions, since they might never return to your code (they
4768@samp{longjmp} instead).
4769
ba8c9337
AC
4770@section Per-architecture module data
4771@cindex per-architecture module data
4772@cindex multi-arch data
4773@cindex data-pointer, per-architecture/per-module
4774
fc989b7a
AC
4775The multi-arch framework includes a mechanism for adding module
4776specific per-architecture data-pointers to the @code{struct gdbarch}
4777architecture object.
4778
4779A module registers one or more per-architecture data-pointers using:
4780
4781@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_pre_init (gdbarch_data_pre_init_ftype *@var{pre_init})
4782@var{pre_init} is used to, on-demand, allocate an initial value for a
4783per-architecture data-pointer using the architecture's obstack (passed
4784in as a parameter). Since @var{pre_init} can be called during
4785architecture creation, it is not parameterized with the architecture.
4786and must not call modules that use per-architecture data.
4787@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 4788
fc989b7a
AC
4789@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_post_init (gdbarch_data_post_init_ftype *@var{post_init})
4790@var{post_init} is used to obtain an initial value for a
4791per-architecture data-pointer @emph{after}. Since @var{post_init} is
4792always called after architecture creation, it both receives the fully
4793initialized architecture and is free to call modules that use
4794per-architecture data (care needs to be taken to ensure that those
4795other modules do not try to call back to this module as that will
4796create in cycles in the initialization call graph).
4797@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 4798
fc989b7a
AC
4799These functions return a @code{struct gdbarch_data} that is used to
4800identify the per-architecture data-pointer added for that module.
ba8c9337 4801
fc989b7a 4802The per-architecture data-pointer is accessed using the function:
ba8c9337 4803
fc989b7a
AC
4804@deftypefun void *gdbarch_data (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct gdbarch_data *@var{data_handle})
4805Given the architecture @var{arch} and module data handle
4806@var{data_handle} (returned by @code{gdbarch_data_register_pre_init}
4807or @code{gdbarch_data_register_post_init}), this function returns the
4808current value of the per-architecture data-pointer. If the data
4809pointer is @code{NULL}, it is first initialized by calling the
4810corresponding @var{pre_init} or @var{post_init} method.
ba8c9337
AC
4811@end deftypefun
4812
fc989b7a 4813The examples below assume the following definitions:
ba8c9337
AC
4814
4815@smallexample
e7f16015 4816struct nozel @{ int total; @};
ba8c9337 4817static struct gdbarch_data *nozel_handle;
ba8c9337
AC
4818@end smallexample
4819
fc989b7a
AC
4820A module can extend the architecture vector, adding additional
4821per-architecture data, using the @var{pre_init} method. The module's
4822per-architecture data is then initialized during architecture
4823creation.
ba8c9337 4824
fc989b7a
AC
4825In the below, the module's per-architecture @emph{nozel} is added. An
4826architecture can specify its nozel by calling @code{set_gdbarch_nozel}
4827from @code{gdbarch_init}.
ba8c9337
AC
4828
4829@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
4830static void *
4831nozel_pre_init (struct obstack *obstack)
ba8c9337 4832@{
fc989b7a
AC
4833 struct nozel *data = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (obstack, struct nozel);
4834 return data;
4835@}
ba8c9337
AC
4836@end smallexample
4837
ba8c9337 4838@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
4839extern void
4840set_gdbarch_nozel (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int total)
ba8c9337 4841@{
ba8c9337 4842 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
fc989b7a 4843 data->total = nozel;
ba8c9337
AC
4844@}
4845@end smallexample
4846
fc989b7a
AC
4847A module can on-demand create architecture dependant data structures
4848using @code{post_init}.
ba8c9337 4849
fc989b7a
AC
4850In the below, the nozel's total is computed on-demand by
4851@code{nozel_post_init} using information obtained from the
4852architecture.
ba8c9337
AC
4853
4854@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
4855static void *
4856nozel_post_init (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 4857@{
fc989b7a
AC
4858 struct nozel *data = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_ZALLOC (gdbarch, struct nozel);
4859 nozel->total = gdbarch@dots{} (gdbarch);
4860 return data;
ba8c9337
AC
4861@}
4862@end smallexample
4863
4864@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
4865extern int
4866nozel_total (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 4867@{
fc989b7a
AC
4868 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
4869 return data->total;
ba8c9337
AC
4870@}
4871@end smallexample
4872
c906108c 4873@section Wrapping Output Lines
56caf160 4874@cindex line wrap in output
c906108c 4875
56caf160 4876@findex wrap_here
c906108c
SS
4877Output that goes through @code{printf_filtered} or @code{fputs_filtered}
4878or @code{fputs_demangled} needs only to have calls to @code{wrap_here}
4879added in places that would be good breaking points. The utility
4880routines will take care of actually wrapping if the line width is
4881exceeded.
4882
4883The argument to @code{wrap_here} is an indentation string which is
4884printed @emph{only} if the line breaks there. This argument is saved
4885away and used later. It must remain valid until the next call to
4886@code{wrap_here} or until a newline has been printed through the
4887@code{*_filtered} functions. Don't pass in a local variable and then
4888return!
4889
56caf160 4890It is usually best to call @code{wrap_here} after printing a comma or
c906108c
SS
4891space. If you call it before printing a space, make sure that your
4892indentation properly accounts for the leading space that will print if
4893the line wraps there.
4894
4895Any function or set of functions that produce filtered output must
4896finish by printing a newline, to flush the wrap buffer, before switching
56caf160 4897to unfiltered (@code{printf}) output. Symbol reading routines that
c906108c
SS
4898print warnings are a good example.
4899
25822942 4900@section @value{GDBN} Coding Standards
56caf160 4901@cindex coding standards
c906108c 4902
25822942 4903@value{GDBN} follows the GNU coding standards, as described in
c906108c 4904@file{etc/standards.texi}. This file is also available for anonymous
af6c57ea
AC
4905FTP from GNU archive sites. @value{GDBN} takes a strict interpretation
4906of the standard; in general, when the GNU standard recommends a practice
4907but does not require it, @value{GDBN} requires it.
c906108c 4908
56caf160
EZ
4909@value{GDBN} follows an additional set of coding standards specific to
4910@value{GDBN}, as described in the following sections.
c906108c 4911
af6c57ea 4912
b9aa90c9 4913@subsection ISO C
af6c57ea 4914
b9aa90c9
AC
4915@value{GDBN} assumes an ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (a.k.a.@: ISO C90) compliant
4916compiler.
af6c57ea 4917
b9aa90c9 4918@value{GDBN} does not assume an ISO C or POSIX compliant C library.
af6c57ea
AC
4919
4920
4921@subsection Memory Management
4922
4923@value{GDBN} does not use the functions @code{malloc}, @code{realloc},
4924@code{calloc}, @code{free} and @code{asprintf}.
4925
4926@value{GDBN} uses the functions @code{xmalloc}, @code{xrealloc} and
4927@code{xcalloc} when allocating memory. Unlike @code{malloc} et.al.@:
4928these functions do not return when the memory pool is empty. Instead,
4929they unwind the stack using cleanups. These functions return
4930@code{NULL} when requested to allocate a chunk of memory of size zero.
4931
4932@emph{Pragmatics: By using these functions, the need to check every
4933memory allocation is removed. These functions provide portable
4934behavior.}
4935
4936@value{GDBN} does not use the function @code{free}.
4937
4938@value{GDBN} uses the function @code{xfree} to return memory to the
4939memory pool. Consistent with ISO-C, this function ignores a request to
4940free a @code{NULL} pointer.
4941
4942@emph{Pragmatics: On some systems @code{free} fails when passed a
4943@code{NULL} pointer.}
4944
4945@value{GDBN} can use the non-portable function @code{alloca} for the
4946allocation of small temporary values (such as strings).
4947
4948@emph{Pragmatics: This function is very non-portable. Some systems
4949restrict the memory being allocated to no more than a few kilobytes.}
4950
4951@value{GDBN} uses the string function @code{xstrdup} and the print
b435e160 4952function @code{xstrprintf}.
af6c57ea
AC
4953
4954@emph{Pragmatics: @code{asprintf} and @code{strdup} can fail. Print
4955functions such as @code{sprintf} are very prone to buffer overflow
4956errors.}
4957
4958
4959@subsection Compiler Warnings
56caf160 4960@cindex compiler warnings
af6c57ea
AC
4961
4962With few exceptions, developers should include the configuration option
4963@samp{--enable-gdb-build-warnings=,-Werror} when building @value{GDBN}.
4964The exceptions are listed in the file @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
4965
4966This option causes @value{GDBN} (when built using GCC) to be compiled
4967with a carefully selected list of compiler warning flags. Any warnings
4968from those flags being treated as errors.
4969
4970The current list of warning flags includes:
4971
4972@table @samp
4973@item -Wimplicit
4974Since @value{GDBN} coding standard requires all functions to be declared
4975using a prototype, the flag has the side effect of ensuring that
4976prototyped functions are always visible with out resorting to
4977@samp{-Wstrict-prototypes}.
4978
4979@item -Wreturn-type
4980Such code often appears to work except on instruction set architectures
4981that use register windows.
4982
4983@item -Wcomment
4984
4985@item -Wtrigraphs
4986
4987@item -Wformat
153721e6 4988@itemx -Wformat-nonliteral
af6c57ea 4989Since @value{GDBN} uses the @code{format printf} attribute on all
153721e6 4990@code{printf} like functions these check not just @code{printf} calls
af6c57ea
AC
4991but also calls to functions such as @code{fprintf_unfiltered}.
4992
4993@item -Wparentheses
4994This warning includes uses of the assignment operator within an
4995@code{if} statement.
4996
4997@item -Wpointer-arith
4998
4999@item -Wuninitialized
0f0cffd2
AC
5000
5001@item -Wunused-label
5002This warning has the additional benefit of detecting the absence of the
5003@code{case} reserved word in a switch statement:
5004@smallexample
5005enum @{ FD_SCHEDULED, NOTHING_SCHEDULED @} sched;
5006@dots{}
5007switch (sched)
5008 @{
5009 case FD_SCHEDULED:
5010 @dots{};
5011 break;
5012 NOTHING_SCHEDULED:
5013 @dots{};
5014 break;
5015 @}
5016@end smallexample
c9830293
AC
5017
5018@item -Wunused-function
7be93b9e
JB
5019
5020@item -Wno-pointer-sign
5021In version 4.0, GCC began warning about pointer argument passing or
5022assignment even when the source and destination differed only in
5023signedness. However, most @value{GDBN} code doesn't distinguish
5024carefully between @code{char} and @code{unsigned char}. In early 2006
5025the @value{GDBN} developers decided correcting these warnings wasn't
5026worth the time it would take.
5027
af6c57ea
AC
5028@end table
5029
5030@emph{Pragmatics: Due to the way that @value{GDBN} is implemented most
5031functions have unused parameters. Consequently the warning
5032@samp{-Wunused-parameter} is precluded from the list. The macro
5033@code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} is not used as it leads to false negatives ---
5034it is not an error to have @code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} on a parameter that
5035is being used. The options @samp{-Wall} and @samp{-Wunused} are also
5036precluded because they both include @samp{-Wunused-parameter}.}
5037
5038@emph{Pragmatics: @value{GDBN} has not simply accepted the warnings
5039enabled by @samp{-Wall -Werror -W...}. Instead it is selecting warnings
5040when and where their benefits can be demonstrated.}
c906108c
SS
5041
5042@subsection Formatting
5043
56caf160 5044@cindex source code formatting
c906108c
SS
5045The standard GNU recommendations for formatting must be followed
5046strictly.
5047
af6c57ea
AC
5048A function declaration should not have its name in column zero. A
5049function definition should have its name in column zero.
5050
474c8240 5051@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5052/* Declaration */
5053static void foo (void);
5054/* Definition */
5055void
5056foo (void)
5057@{
5058@}
474c8240 5059@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5060
5061@emph{Pragmatics: This simplifies scripting. Function definitions can
5062be found using @samp{^function-name}.}
c906108c 5063
af6c57ea
AC
5064There must be a space between a function or macro name and the opening
5065parenthesis of its argument list (except for macro definitions, as
5066required by C). There must not be a space after an open paren/bracket
5067or before a close paren/bracket.
c906108c
SS
5068
5069While additional whitespace is generally helpful for reading, do not use
5070more than one blank line to separate blocks, and avoid adding whitespace
af6c57ea
AC
5071after the end of a program line (as of 1/99, some 600 lines had
5072whitespace after the semicolon). Excess whitespace causes difficulties
5073for @code{diff} and @code{patch} utilities.
5074
5075Pointers are declared using the traditional K&R C style:
5076
474c8240 5077@smallexample
af6c57ea 5078void *foo;
474c8240 5079@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5080
5081@noindent
5082and not:
5083
474c8240 5084@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5085void * foo;
5086void* foo;
474c8240 5087@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5088
5089@subsection Comments
5090
56caf160 5091@cindex comment formatting
c906108c
SS
5092The standard GNU requirements on comments must be followed strictly.
5093
af6c57ea
AC
5094Block comments must appear in the following form, with no @code{/*}- or
5095@code{*/}-only lines, and no leading @code{*}:
c906108c 5096
474c8240 5097@smallexample
c906108c
SS
5098/* Wait for control to return from inferior to debugger. If inferior
5099 gets a signal, we may decide to start it up again instead of
5100 returning. That is why there is a loop in this function. When
5101 this function actually returns it means the inferior should be left
25822942 5102 stopped and @value{GDBN} should read more commands. */
474c8240 5103@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5104
5105(Note that this format is encouraged by Emacs; tabbing for a multi-line
56caf160 5106comment works correctly, and @kbd{M-q} fills the block consistently.)
c906108c
SS
5107
5108Put a blank line between the block comments preceding function or
5109variable definitions, and the definition itself.
5110
5111In general, put function-body comments on lines by themselves, rather
5112than trying to fit them into the 20 characters left at the end of a
5113line, since either the comment or the code will inevitably get longer
5114than will fit, and then somebody will have to move it anyhow.
5115
5116@subsection C Usage
5117
56caf160 5118@cindex C data types
c906108c
SS
5119Code must not depend on the sizes of C data types, the format of the
5120host's floating point numbers, the alignment of anything, or the order
5121of evaluation of expressions.
5122
56caf160 5123@cindex function usage
c906108c 5124Use functions freely. There are only a handful of compute-bound areas
56caf160
EZ
5125in @value{GDBN} that might be affected by the overhead of a function
5126call, mainly in symbol reading. Most of @value{GDBN}'s performance is
5127limited by the target interface (whether serial line or system call).
c906108c
SS
5128
5129However, use functions with moderation. A thousand one-line functions
5130are just as hard to understand as a single thousand-line function.
5131
af6c57ea 5132@emph{Macros are bad, M'kay.}
9e678452
CF
5133(But if you have to use a macro, make sure that the macro arguments are
5134protected with parentheses.)
af6c57ea
AC
5135
5136@cindex types
c906108c 5137
af6c57ea
AC
5138Declarations like @samp{struct foo *} should be used in preference to
5139declarations like @samp{typedef struct foo @{ @dots{} @} *foo_ptr}.
5140
5141
5142@subsection Function Prototypes
56caf160 5143@cindex function prototypes
af6c57ea
AC
5144
5145Prototypes must be used when both @emph{declaring} and @emph{defining}
5146a function. Prototypes for @value{GDBN} functions must include both the
5147argument type and name, with the name matching that used in the actual
5148function definition.
c906108c 5149
53a5351d
JM
5150All external functions should have a declaration in a header file that
5151callers include, except for @code{_initialize_*} functions, which must
5152be external so that @file{init.c} construction works, but shouldn't be
5153visible to random source files.
c906108c 5154
af6c57ea
AC
5155Where a source file needs a forward declaration of a static function,
5156that declaration must appear in a block near the top of the source file.
5157
5158
5159@subsection Internal Error Recovery
5160
5161During its execution, @value{GDBN} can encounter two types of errors.
5162User errors and internal errors. User errors include not only a user
5163entering an incorrect command but also problems arising from corrupt
5164object files and system errors when interacting with the target.
937f164b
FF
5165Internal errors include situations where @value{GDBN} has detected, at
5166run time, a corrupt or erroneous situation.
af6c57ea
AC
5167
5168When reporting an internal error, @value{GDBN} uses
5169@code{internal_error} and @code{gdb_assert}.
5170
5171@value{GDBN} must not call @code{abort} or @code{assert}.
5172
5173@emph{Pragmatics: There is no @code{internal_warning} function. Either
5174the code detected a user error, recovered from it and issued a
5175@code{warning} or the code failed to correctly recover from the user
5176error and issued an @code{internal_error}.}
5177
5178@subsection File Names
5179
5180Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be in lower
5181case. Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be 8.3
5182unique. These requirements apply to both source and generated files.
5183
5184@emph{Pragmatics: The core of @value{GDBN} must be buildable on many
5185platforms including DJGPP and MacOS/HFS. Every time an unfriendly file
5186is introduced to the build process both @file{Makefile.in} and
5187@file{configure.in} need to be modified accordingly. Compare the
5188convoluted conversion process needed to transform @file{COPYING} into
5189@file{copying.c} with the conversion needed to transform
5190@file{version.in} into @file{version.c}.}
5191
5192Any file non 8.3 compliant file (that is not used when building the core
5193of @value{GDBN}) must be added to @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
5194
5195@emph{Pragmatics: This is clearly a compromise.}
5196
5197When @value{GDBN} has a local version of a system header file (ex
5198@file{string.h}) the file name based on the POSIX header prefixed with
b4177fca
DJ
5199@file{gdb_} (@file{gdb_string.h}). These headers should be relatively
5200independent: they should use only macros defined by @file{configure},
5201the compiler, or the host; they should include only system headers; they
5202should refer only to system types. They may be shared between multiple
5203programs, e.g.@: @value{GDBN} and @sc{gdbserver}.
af6c57ea
AC
5204
5205For other files @samp{-} is used as the separator.
5206
5207
5208@subsection Include Files
5209
e2b28d04 5210A @file{.c} file should include @file{defs.h} first.
af6c57ea 5211
e2b28d04
AC
5212A @file{.c} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5213declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5214indirect inclusion.
af6c57ea 5215
e2b28d04
AC
5216A @file{.h} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5217declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5218indirect inclusion. Exception: The file @file{defs.h} does not need to
5219be directly included.
af6c57ea 5220
e2b28d04 5221An external declaration should only appear in one include file.
af6c57ea 5222
e2b28d04
AC
5223An external declaration should never appear in a @code{.c} file.
5224Exception: a declaration for the @code{_initialize} function that
5225pacifies @option{-Wmissing-declaration}.
5226
5227A @code{typedef} definition should only appear in one include file.
5228
5229An opaque @code{struct} declaration can appear in multiple @file{.h}
5230files. Where possible, a @file{.h} file should use an opaque
5231@code{struct} declaration instead of an include.
5232
5233All @file{.h} files should be wrapped in:
af6c57ea 5234
474c8240 5235@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5236#ifndef INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5237#define INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5238header body
5239#endif
474c8240 5240@end smallexample
af6c57ea 5241
c906108c 5242
dab11f21 5243@subsection Clean Design and Portable Implementation
c906108c 5244
56caf160 5245@cindex design
c906108c 5246In addition to getting the syntax right, there's the little question of
25822942 5247semantics. Some things are done in certain ways in @value{GDBN} because long
c906108c
SS
5248experience has shown that the more obvious ways caused various kinds of
5249trouble.
5250
56caf160 5251@cindex assumptions about targets
c906108c
SS
5252You can't assume the byte order of anything that comes from a target
5253(including @var{value}s, object files, and instructions). Such things
56caf160
EZ
5254must be byte-swapped using @code{SWAP_TARGET_AND_HOST} in
5255@value{GDBN}, or one of the swap routines defined in @file{bfd.h},
5256such as @code{bfd_get_32}.
c906108c
SS
5257
5258You can't assume that you know what interface is being used to talk to
5259the target system. All references to the target must go through the
5260current @code{target_ops} vector.
5261
5262You can't assume that the host and target machines are the same machine
5263(except in the ``native'' support modules). In particular, you can't
5264assume that the target machine's header files will be available on the
5265host machine. Target code must bring along its own header files --
5266written from scratch or explicitly donated by their owner, to avoid
5267copyright problems.
5268
56caf160 5269@cindex portability
c906108c
SS
5270Insertion of new @code{#ifdef}'s will be frowned upon. It's much better
5271to write the code portably than to conditionalize it for various
5272systems.
5273
56caf160 5274@cindex system dependencies
c906108c
SS
5275New @code{#ifdef}'s which test for specific compilers or manufacturers
5276or operating systems are unacceptable. All @code{#ifdef}'s should test
5277for features. The information about which configurations contain which
5278features should be segregated into the configuration files. Experience
5279has proven far too often that a feature unique to one particular system
5280often creeps into other systems; and that a conditional based on some
5281predefined macro for your current system will become worthless over
5282time, as new versions of your system come out that behave differently
5283with regard to this feature.
5284
5285Adding code that handles specific architectures, operating systems,
af6c57ea 5286target interfaces, or hosts, is not acceptable in generic code.
c906108c 5287
dab11f21
EZ
5288@cindex portable file name handling
5289@cindex file names, portability
5290One particularly notorious area where system dependencies tend to
5291creep in is handling of file names. The mainline @value{GDBN} code
5292assumes Posix semantics of file names: absolute file names begin with
5293a forward slash @file{/}, slashes are used to separate leading
5294directories, case-sensitive file names. These assumptions are not
5295necessarily true on non-Posix systems such as MS-Windows. To avoid
5296system-dependent code where you need to take apart or construct a file
5297name, use the following portable macros:
5298
5299@table @code
5300@findex HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5301@item HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5302This preprocessing symbol is defined to a non-zero value on hosts
5303whose filesystems belong to the MS-DOS/MS-Windows family. Use this
5304symbol to write conditional code which should only be compiled for
5305such hosts.
5306
5307@findex IS_DIR_SEPARATOR
4be31470 5308@item IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (@var{c})
dab11f21
EZ
5309Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{c} is a directory separator
5310character. On Unix and GNU/Linux systems, only a slash @file{/} is
5311such a character, but on Windows, both @file{/} and @file{\} will
5312pass.
5313
5314@findex IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH
5315@item IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (@var{file})
5316Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{file} is an absolute file name.
5317For Unix and GNU/Linux hosts, a name which begins with a slash
5318@file{/} is absolute. On DOS and Windows, @file{d:/foo} and
5319@file{x:\bar} are also absolute file names.
5320
5321@findex FILENAME_CMP
5322@item FILENAME_CMP (@var{f1}, @var{f2})
5323Calls a function which compares file names @var{f1} and @var{f2} as
5324appropriate for the underlying host filesystem. For Posix systems,
5325this simply calls @code{strcmp}; on case-insensitive filesystems it
5326will call @code{strcasecmp} instead.
5327
5328@findex DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5329@item DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5330Evaluates to a character which separates directories in
5331@code{PATH}-style lists, typically held in environment variables.
5332This character is @samp{:} on Unix, @samp{;} on DOS and Windows.
5333
5334@findex SLASH_STRING
5335@item SLASH_STRING
5336This evaluates to a constant string you should use to produce an
5337absolute filename from leading directories and the file's basename.
5338@code{SLASH_STRING} is @code{"/"} on most systems, but might be
5339@code{"\\"} for some Windows-based ports.
5340@end table
5341
5342In addition to using these macros, be sure to use portable library
5343functions whenever possible. For example, to extract a directory or a
5344basename part from a file name, use the @code{dirname} and
5345@code{basename} library functions (available in @code{libiberty} for
5346platforms which don't provide them), instead of searching for a slash
5347with @code{strrchr}.
5348
25822942
DB
5349Another way to generalize @value{GDBN} along a particular interface is with an
5350attribute struct. For example, @value{GDBN} has been generalized to handle
56caf160
EZ
5351multiple kinds of remote interfaces---not by @code{#ifdef}s everywhere, but
5352by defining the @code{target_ops} structure and having a current target (as
c906108c
SS
5353well as a stack of targets below it, for memory references). Whenever
5354something needs to be done that depends on which remote interface we are
56caf160
EZ
5355using, a flag in the current target_ops structure is tested (e.g.,
5356@code{target_has_stack}), or a function is called through a pointer in the
c906108c 5357current target_ops structure. In this way, when a new remote interface
56caf160 5358is added, only one module needs to be touched---the one that actually
c906108c
SS
5359implements the new remote interface. Other examples of
5360attribute-structs are BFD access to multiple kinds of object file
25822942 5361formats, or @value{GDBN}'s access to multiple source languages.
c906108c 5362
56caf160
EZ
5363Please avoid duplicating code. For example, in @value{GDBN} 3.x all
5364the code interfacing between @code{ptrace} and the rest of
5365@value{GDBN} was duplicated in @file{*-dep.c}, and so changing
5366something was very painful. In @value{GDBN} 4.x, these have all been
5367consolidated into @file{infptrace.c}. @file{infptrace.c} can deal
5368with variations between systems the same way any system-independent
5369file would (hooks, @code{#if defined}, etc.), and machines which are
5370radically different don't need to use @file{infptrace.c} at all.
c906108c 5371
af6c57ea
AC
5372All debugging code must be controllable using the @samp{set debug
5373@var{module}} command. Do not use @code{printf} to print trace
5374messages. Use @code{fprintf_unfiltered(gdb_stdlog, ...}. Do not use
5375@code{#ifdef DEBUG}.
5376
c906108c 5377
8487521e 5378@node Porting GDB
c906108c 5379
25822942 5380@chapter Porting @value{GDBN}
56caf160 5381@cindex porting to new machines
c906108c 5382
56caf160
EZ
5383Most of the work in making @value{GDBN} compile on a new machine is in
5384specifying the configuration of the machine. This is done in a
5385dizzying variety of header files and configuration scripts, which we
5386hope to make more sensible soon. Let's say your new host is called an
5387@var{xyz} (e.g., @samp{sun4}), and its full three-part configuration
5388name is @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}} (e.g.,
5389@samp{sparc-sun-sunos4}). In particular:
c906108c 5390
56caf160
EZ
5391@itemize @bullet
5392@item
c906108c
SS
5393In the top level directory, edit @file{config.sub} and add @var{arch},
5394@var{xvend}, and @var{xos} to the lists of supported architectures,
5395vendors, and operating systems near the bottom of the file. Also, add
5396@var{xyz} as an alias that maps to
5397@code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}. You can test your changes by
5398running
5399
474c8240 5400@smallexample
c906108c 5401./config.sub @var{xyz}
474c8240 5402@end smallexample
56caf160 5403
c906108c
SS
5404@noindent
5405and
56caf160 5406
474c8240 5407@smallexample
c906108c 5408./config.sub @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
474c8240 5409@end smallexample
56caf160 5410
c906108c
SS
5411@noindent
5412which should both respond with @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
5413and no error messages.
5414
56caf160 5415@noindent
c906108c
SS
5416You need to port BFD, if that hasn't been done already. Porting BFD is
5417beyond the scope of this manual.
5418
56caf160 5419@item
25822942 5420To configure @value{GDBN} itself, edit @file{gdb/configure.host} to recognize
c906108c
SS
5421your system and set @code{gdb_host} to @var{xyz}, and (unless your
5422desired target is already available) also edit @file{gdb/configure.tgt},
5423setting @code{gdb_target} to something appropriate (for instance,
5424@var{xyz}).
5425
7fd60527
AC
5426@emph{Maintainer's note: Work in progress. The file
5427@file{gdb/configure.host} originally needed to be modified when either a
5428new native target or a new host machine was being added to @value{GDBN}.
5429Recent changes have removed this requirement. The file now only needs
5430to be modified when adding a new native configuration. This will likely
5431changed again in the future.}
5432
56caf160 5433@item
25822942 5434Finally, you'll need to specify and define @value{GDBN}'s host-, native-, and
c906108c
SS
5435target-dependent @file{.h} and @file{.c} files used for your
5436configuration.
56caf160 5437@end itemize
c906108c 5438
d52fe014
AC
5439@node Versions and Branches
5440@chapter Versions and Branches
8973da3a 5441
d52fe014 5442@section Versions
8973da3a 5443
d52fe014
AC
5444@value{GDBN}'s version is determined by the file
5445@file{gdb/version.in} and takes one of the following forms:
fb0ff88f 5446
d52fe014
AC
5447@table @asis
5448@item @var{major}.@var{minor}
5449@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
5450an official release (e.g., 6.2 or 6.2.1)
5451@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5452a snapshot taken at @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD}-gmt (e.g.,
54536.1.50.20020302, 6.1.90.20020304, or 6.1.0.20020308)
5454@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-cvs
5455a @sc{cvs} check out drawn on @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD} (e.g.,
54566.1.50.20020302-cvs, 6.1.90.20020304-cvs, or 6.1.0.20020308-cvs)
5457@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} (@var{vendor})
d52fe014 5458a vendor specific release of @value{GDBN}, that while based on@*
53531fc1
AC
5459@var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD},
5460may include additional changes
d52fe014 5461@end table
fb0ff88f 5462
d52fe014
AC
5463@value{GDBN}'s mainline uses the @var{major} and @var{minor} version
5464numbers from the most recent release branch, with a @var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
5465of 50. At the time each new release branch is created, the mainline's
5466@var{major} and @var{minor} version numbers are updated.
fb0ff88f 5467
53531fc1
AC
5468@value{GDBN}'s release branch is similar. When the branch is cut, the
5469@var{patchlevel} is changed from 50 to 90. As draft releases are
5470drawn from the branch, the @var{patchlevel} is incremented. Once the
5471first release (@var{major}.@var{minor}) has been made, the
5472@var{patchlevel} is set to 0 and updates have an incremented
5473@var{patchlevel}.
5474
5475For snapshots, and @sc{cvs} check outs, it is also possible to
5476identify the @sc{cvs} origin:
5477
5478@table @asis
5479@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.50.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5480drawn from the @sc{head} of mainline @sc{cvs} (e.g., 6.1.50.20020302)
5481@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.90.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5482@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.91.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
5483drawn from a release branch prior to the release (e.g.,
54846.1.90.20020304)
5485@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.0.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5486@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.1.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
5487drawn from a release branch after the release (e.g., 6.2.0.20020308)
5488@end table
fb0ff88f 5489
d52fe014
AC
5490If the previous @value{GDBN} version is 6.1 and the current version is
54916.2, then, substituting 6 for @var{major} and 1 or 2 for @var{minor},
5492here's an illustration of a typical sequence:
fb0ff88f 5493
d52fe014
AC
5494@smallexample
5495 <HEAD>
5496 |
53531fc1 54976.1.50.20020302-cvs
d52fe014 5498 |
53531fc1 5499 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 5500 | <gdb_6_2-branch>
d52fe014 5501 | |
53531fc1
AC
55026.2.50.20020303-cvs 6.1.90 (draft #1)
5503 | |
55046.2.50.20020304-cvs 6.1.90.20020304-cvs
5505 | |
55066.2.50.20020305-cvs 6.1.91 (draft #2)
d52fe014 5507 | |
53531fc1
AC
55086.2.50.20020306-cvs 6.1.91.20020306-cvs
5509 | |
55106.2.50.20020307-cvs 6.2 (release)
5511 | |
55126.2.50.20020308-cvs 6.2.0.20020308-cvs
5513 | |
55146.2.50.20020309-cvs 6.2.1 (update)
5515 | |
55166.2.50.20020310-cvs <branch closed>
d52fe014 5517 |
53531fc1 55186.2.50.20020311-cvs
d52fe014 5519 |
53531fc1 5520 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 5521 | <gdb_6_3-branch>
53531fc1
AC
5522 | |
55236.3.50.20020312-cvs 6.2.90 (draft #1)
5524 | |
d52fe014 5525@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 5526
d52fe014
AC
5527@section Release Branches
5528@cindex Release Branches
fb0ff88f 5529
d52fe014
AC
5530@value{GDBN} draws a release series (6.2, 6.2.1, @dots{}) from a
5531single release branch, and identifies that branch using the @sc{cvs}
5532branch tags:
fb0ff88f 5533
d52fe014
AC
5534@smallexample
5535gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-branchpoint
5536gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-branch
5537gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-release
5538@end smallexample
5539
5540@emph{Pragmatics: To help identify the date at which a branch or
5541release is made, both the branchpoint and release tags include the
5542date that they are cut (@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}) in the tag. The
5543branch tag, denoting the head of the branch, does not need this.}
5544
5545@section Vendor Branches
5546@cindex vendor branches
fb0ff88f
AC
5547
5548To avoid version conflicts, vendors are expected to modify the file
5549@file{gdb/version.in} to include a vendor unique alphabetic identifier
5550(an official @value{GDBN} release never uses alphabetic characters in
d52fe014
AC
5551its version identifer). E.g., @samp{6.2widgit2}, or @samp{6.2 (Widgit
5552Inc Patch 2)}.
5553
5554@section Experimental Branches
5555@cindex experimental branches
5556
5557@subsection Guidelines
5558
5559@value{GDBN} permits the creation of branches, cut from the @sc{cvs}
5560repository, for experimental development. Branches make it possible
5561for developers to share preliminary work, and maintainers to examine
5562significant new developments.
fb0ff88f 5563
d52fe014 5564The following are a set of guidelines for creating such branches:
fb0ff88f 5565
d52fe014
AC
5566@table @emph
5567
5568@item a branch has an owner
5569The owner can set further policy for a branch, but may not change the
5570ground rules. In particular, they can set a policy for commits (be it
5571adding more reviewers or deciding who can commit).
5572
5573@item all commits are posted
5574All changes committed to a branch shall also be posted to
5575@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} patches
5576mailing list}. While commentary on such changes are encouraged, people
5577should remember that the changes only apply to a branch.
5578
5579@item all commits are covered by an assignment
5580This ensures that all changes belong to the Free Software Foundation,
5581and avoids the possibility that the branch may become contaminated.
5582
5583@item a branch is focused
5584A focused branch has a single objective or goal, and does not contain
5585unnecessary or irrelevant changes. Cleanups, where identified, being
5586be pushed into the mainline as soon as possible.
5587
5588@item a branch tracks mainline
5589This keeps the level of divergence under control. It also keeps the
5590pressure on developers to push cleanups and other stuff into the
5591mainline.
5592
5593@item a branch shall contain the entire @value{GDBN} module
5594The @value{GDBN} module @code{gdb} should be specified when creating a
5595branch (branches of individual files should be avoided). @xref{Tags}.
5596
5597@item a branch shall be branded using @file{version.in}
5598The file @file{gdb/version.in} shall be modified so that it identifies
5599the branch @var{owner} and branch @var{name}, e.g.,
53531fc1 5600@samp{6.2.50.20030303_owner_name} or @samp{6.2 (Owner Name)}.
d52fe014
AC
5601
5602@end table
fb0ff88f 5603
d52fe014
AC
5604@subsection Tags
5605@anchor{Tags}
fb0ff88f 5606
d52fe014
AC
5607To simplify the identification of @value{GDBN} branches, the following
5608branch tagging convention is strongly recommended:
fb0ff88f 5609
d52fe014 5610@table @code
fb0ff88f 5611
d52fe014
AC
5612@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
5613@itemx @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch
5614The branch point and corresponding branch tag. @var{YYYYMMDD} is the
5615date that the branch was created. A branch is created using the
5616sequence: @anchor{experimental branch tags}
474c8240 5617@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
5618cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint gdb
5619cvs rtag -b -r @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint \
5620 @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch gdb
474c8240 5621@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 5622
d52fe014
AC
5623@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
5624The tagged point, on the mainline, that was used when merging the branch
5625on @var{yyyymmdd}. To merge in all changes since the branch was cut,
5626use a command sequence like:
474c8240 5627@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
5628cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint gdb
5629cvs update \
5630 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
5631 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
474c8240 5632@end smallexample
d52fe014
AC
5633@noindent
5634Similar sequences can be used to just merge in changes since the last
5635merge.
5636
5637@end table
fb0ff88f 5638
d52fe014
AC
5639@noindent
5640For further information on @sc{cvs}, see
5641@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/cvs/, Concurrent Versions System}.
5642
55f6ca0f
JB
5643@node Start of New Year Procedure
5644@chapter Start of New Year Procedure
5645@cindex new year procedure
5646
5647At the start of each new year, the following actions should be performed:
5648
5649@itemize @bullet
5650@item
5651Rotate the ChangeLog file
5652
5653The current @file{ChangeLog} file should be renamed into
5654@file{ChangeLog-YYYY} where YYYY is the year that has just passed.
5655A new @file{ChangeLog} file should be created, and its contents should
5656contain a reference to the previous ChangeLog. The following should
5657also be preserved at the end of the new ChangeLog, in order to provide
5658the appropriate settings when editing this file with Emacs:
5659@smallexample
5660Local Variables:
5661mode: change-log
5662left-margin: 8
5663fill-column: 74
5664version-control: never
5665End:
5666@end smallexample
5667
5668@item
5669Update the copyright year in the startup message
5670
5671Update the copyright year in file @file{top.c}, function
5672@code{print_gdb_version}.
5673@end itemize
5674
d52fe014 5675@node Releasing GDB
fb0ff88f 5676
d52fe014
AC
5677@chapter Releasing @value{GDBN}
5678@cindex making a new release of gdb
fb0ff88f 5679
9bb0a4d8
AC
5680@section Branch Commit Policy
5681
5682The branch commit policy is pretty slack. @value{GDBN} releases 5.0,
56835.1 and 5.2 all used the below:
5684
5685@itemize @bullet
5686@item
5687The @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS} file still holds.
5688@item
5689Don't fix something on the branch unless/until it is also fixed in the
5690trunk. If this isn't possible, mentioning it in the @file{gdb/PROBLEMS}
4be31470 5691file is better than committing a hack.
9bb0a4d8
AC
5692@item
5693When considering a patch for the branch, suggested criteria include:
5694Does it fix a build? Does it fix the sequence @kbd{break main; run}
5695when debugging a static binary?
5696@item
5697The further a change is from the core of @value{GDBN}, the less likely
5698the change will worry anyone (e.g., target specific code).
5699@item
5700Only post a proposal to change the core of @value{GDBN} after you've
5701sent individual bribes to all the people listed in the
5702@file{MAINTAINERS} file @t{;-)}
5703@end itemize
5704
5705@emph{Pragmatics: Provided updates are restricted to non-core
5706functionality there is little chance that a broken change will be fatal.
5707This means that changes such as adding a new architectures or (within
5708reason) support for a new host are considered acceptable.}
5709
5710
cbb09e6a 5711@section Obsoleting code
8973da3a 5712
8642bc8f 5713Before anything else, poke the other developers (and around the source
4be31470
EZ
5714code) to see if there is anything that can be removed from @value{GDBN}
5715(an old target, an unused file).
8973da3a 5716
8642bc8f 5717Obsolete code is identified by adding an @code{OBSOLETE} prefix to every
cbb09e6a
AC
5718line. Doing this means that it is easy to identify something that has
5719been obsoleted when greping through the sources.
8973da3a 5720
cbb09e6a
AC
5721The process is done in stages --- this is mainly to ensure that the
5722wider @value{GDBN} community has a reasonable opportunity to respond.
5723Remember, everything on the Internet takes a week.
8973da3a 5724
cbb09e6a 5725@enumerate
8973da3a 5726@item
cbb09e6a
AC
5727Post the proposal on @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB mailing
5728list} Creating a bug report to track the task's state, is also highly
5729recommended.
8973da3a 5730@item
cbb09e6a 5731Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 5732@item
cbb09e6a
AC
5733Post the proposal on @email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB
5734Announcement mailing list}.
8973da3a 5735@item
cbb09e6a 5736Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 5737@item
cbb09e6a
AC
5738Go through and edit all relevant files and lines so that they are
5739prefixed with the word @code{OBSOLETE}.
5740@item
5741Wait until the next GDB version, containing this obsolete code, has been
5742released.
5743@item
5744Remove the obsolete code.
5745@end enumerate
5746
5747@noindent
5748@emph{Maintainer note: While removing old code is regrettable it is
5749hopefully better for @value{GDBN}'s long term development. Firstly it
5750helps the developers by removing code that is either no longer relevant
5751or simply wrong. Secondly since it removes any history associated with
5752the file (effectively clearing the slate) the developer has a much freer
5753hand when it comes to fixing broken files.}
8973da3a 5754
8973da3a 5755
9ae8b82c
AC
5756
5757@section Before the Branch
8973da3a 5758
8642bc8f
AC
5759The most important objective at this stage is to find and fix simple
5760changes that become a pain to track once the branch is created. For
5761instance, configuration problems that stop @value{GDBN} from even
5762building. If you can't get the problem fixed, document it in the
5763@file{gdb/PROBLEMS} file.
8973da3a 5764
9ae8b82c 5765@subheading Prompt for @file{gdb/NEWS}
8973da3a 5766
9ae8b82c
AC
5767People always forget. Send a post reminding them but also if you know
5768something interesting happened add it yourself. The @code{schedule}
5769script will mention this in its e-mail.
8973da3a 5770
9ae8b82c 5771@subheading Review @file{gdb/README}
8973da3a 5772
9ae8b82c
AC
5773Grab one of the nightly snapshots and then walk through the
5774@file{gdb/README} looking for anything that can be improved. The
5775@code{schedule} script will mention this in its e-mail.
8642bc8f
AC
5776
5777@subheading Refresh any imported files.
8973da3a 5778
8642bc8f 5779A number of files are taken from external repositories. They include:
8973da3a 5780
8642bc8f
AC
5781@itemize @bullet
5782@item
5783@file{texinfo/texinfo.tex}
5784@item
9ae8b82c
AC
5785@file{config.guess} et.@: al.@: (see the top-level @file{MAINTAINERS}
5786file)
5787@item
5788@file{etc/standards.texi}, @file{etc/make-stds.texi}
8642bc8f
AC
5789@end itemize
5790
9ae8b82c 5791@subheading Check the ARI
8642bc8f 5792
9ae8b82c
AC
5793@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/ari,,A.R.I.} is an @code{awk} script
5794(Awk Regression Index ;-) that checks for a number of errors and coding
5795conventions. The checks include things like using @code{malloc} instead
5796of @code{xmalloc} and file naming problems. There shouldn't be any
5797regressions.
8642bc8f 5798
9ae8b82c 5799@subsection Review the bug data base
8642bc8f 5800
9ae8b82c 5801Close anything obviously fixed.
8642bc8f 5802
9ae8b82c 5803@subsection Check all cross targets build
8642bc8f 5804
9ae8b82c 5805The targets are listed in @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
8642bc8f 5806
8642bc8f 5807
30107679 5808@section Cut the Branch
8642bc8f 5809
30107679 5810@subheading Create the branch
8642bc8f 5811
474c8240 5812@smallexample
30107679
AC
5813$ u=5.1
5814$ v=5.2
5815$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
5816$ D=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
5817$ echo $u $V $D
58185.1 5_2 2002-03-03
5819$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
5820-D $D-gmt gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint insight+dejagnu
5821cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag
5822-D 2002-03-03-gmt gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint insight+dejagnu
5823$ ^echo ^^
5824...
5825$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
5826-b -r gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint gdb_$V-branch insight+dejagnu
5827cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
5828-b -r gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint gdb_5_2-branch insight+dejagnu
5829$ ^echo ^^
5830...
8642bc8f 5831$
474c8240 5832@end smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
5833
5834@itemize @bullet
5835@item
30107679
AC
5836by using @kbd{-D YYYY-MM-DD-gmt} the branch is forced to an exact
5837date/time.
5838@item
5839the trunk is first taged so that the branch point can easily be found
5840@item
5841Insight (which includes GDB) and dejagnu are all tagged at the same time
8642bc8f 5842@item
30107679 5843@file{version.in} gets bumped to avoid version number conflicts
8642bc8f 5844@item
30107679
AC
5845the reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled using @file{-f}
5846@end itemize
5847
5848@subheading Update @file{version.in}
5849
5850@smallexample
5851$ u=5.1
5852$ v=5.2
5853$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
5854$ echo $u $v$V
58555.1 5_2
5856$ cd /tmp
5857$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co \
5858-r gdb_$V-branch src/gdb/version.in
5859cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co
5860 -r gdb_5_2-branch src/gdb/version.in
5861$ ^echo ^^
5862U src/gdb/version.in
5863$ cd src/gdb
5864$ echo $u.90-0000-00-00-cvs > version.in
5865$ cat version.in
58665.1.90-0000-00-00-cvs
5867$ cvs -f commit version.in
5868@end smallexample
5869
5870@itemize @bullet
5871@item
5872@file{0000-00-00} is used as a date to pump prime the version.in update
5873mechanism
5874@item
5875@file{.90} and the previous branch version are used as fairly arbitrary
5876initial branch version number
8642bc8f
AC
5877@end itemize
5878
8642bc8f
AC
5879
5880@subheading Update the web and news pages
5881
30107679
AC
5882Something?
5883
8642bc8f
AC
5884@subheading Tweak cron to track the new branch
5885
30107679
AC
5886The file @file{gdbadmin/cron/crontab} contains gdbadmin's cron table.
5887This file needs to be updated so that:
5888
5889@itemize @bullet
5890@item
5891a daily timestamp is added to the file @file{version.in}
5892@item
5893the new branch is included in the snapshot process
5894@end itemize
5895
5896@noindent
5897See the file @file{gdbadmin/cron/README} for how to install the updated
5898cron table.
5899
5900The file @file{gdbadmin/ss/README} should also be reviewed to reflect
5901any changes. That file is copied to both the branch/ and current/
5902snapshot directories.
5903
5904
5905@subheading Update the NEWS and README files
5906
5907The @file{NEWS} file needs to be updated so that on the branch it refers
5908to @emph{changes in the current release} while on the trunk it also
5909refers to @emph{changes since the current release}.
5910
5911The @file{README} file needs to be updated so that it refers to the
5912current release.
5913
5914@subheading Post the branch info
5915
5916Send an announcement to the mailing lists:
5917
5918@itemize @bullet
5919@item
5920@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
5921@item
5922@email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Discsussion mailing list} and
5923@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Discsussion mailing list}
16737d73 5924@end itemize
30107679
AC
5925
5926@emph{Pragmatics: The branch creation is sent to the announce list to
5927ensure that people people not subscribed to the higher volume discussion
5928list are alerted.}
5929
5930The announcement should include:
5931
5932@itemize @bullet
5933@item
5934the branch tag
5935@item
5936how to check out the branch using CVS
5937@item
5938the date/number of weeks until the release
5939@item
5940the branch commit policy
5941still holds.
16737d73 5942@end itemize
30107679 5943
8642bc8f
AC
5944@section Stabilize the branch
5945
5946Something goes here.
5947
5948@section Create a Release
5949
0816590b
AC
5950The process of creating and then making available a release is broken
5951down into a number of stages. The first part addresses the technical
5952process of creating a releasable tar ball. The later stages address the
5953process of releasing that tar ball.
8973da3a 5954
0816590b
AC
5955When making a release candidate just the first section is needed.
5956
5957@subsection Create a release candidate
5958
5959The objective at this stage is to create a set of tar balls that can be
5960made available as a formal release (or as a less formal release
5961candidate).
5962
5963@subsubheading Freeze the branch
5964
5965Send out an e-mail notifying everyone that the branch is frozen to
5966@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com}.
5967
5968@subsubheading Establish a few defaults.
8973da3a 5969
474c8240 5970@smallexample
0816590b
AC
5971$ b=gdb_5_2-branch
5972$ v=5.2
8642bc8f
AC
5973$ t=/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp
5974$ echo $t/$b/$v
0816590b 5975/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8642bc8f
AC
5976$ mkdir -p $t/$b/$v
5977$ cd $t/$b/$v
5978$ pwd
0816590b 5979/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8973da3a
AC
5980$ which autoconf
5981/home/gdbadmin/bin/autoconf
8642bc8f 5982$
474c8240 5983@end smallexample
8973da3a 5984
0816590b
AC
5985@noindent
5986Notes:
8973da3a 5987
0816590b
AC
5988@itemize @bullet
5989@item
5990Check the @code{autoconf} version carefully. You want to be using the
4a2b4636
JB
5991version taken from the @file{binutils} snapshot directory, which can be
5992found at @uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/binutils/}. It is very
0816590b
AC
5993unlikely that a system installed version of @code{autoconf} (e.g.,
5994@file{/usr/bin/autoconf}) is correct.
5995@end itemize
5996
5997@subsubheading Check out the relevant modules:
8973da3a 5998
474c8240 5999@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6000$ for m in gdb insight dejagnu
6001do
8973da3a
AC
6002( mkdir -p $m && cd $m && cvs -q -f -d /cvs/src co -P -r $b $m )
6003done
8642bc8f 6004$
474c8240 6005@end smallexample
8973da3a 6006
0816590b
AC
6007@noindent
6008Note:
8642bc8f 6009
0816590b
AC
6010@itemize @bullet
6011@item
6012The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled (@file{-f}) so that there isn't
6013any confusion between what is written here and what your local
6014@code{cvs} really does.
6015@end itemize
6016
6017@subsubheading Update relevant files.
8973da3a 6018
0816590b
AC
6019@table @file
6020
6021@item gdb/NEWS
8642bc8f
AC
6022
6023Major releases get their comments added as part of the mainline. Minor
6024releases should probably mention any significant bugs that were fixed.
6025
0816590b 6026Don't forget to include the @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8973da3a 6027
474c8240 6028@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6029$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/NEWS
6030...
6031c-x 4 a
6032...
6033c-x c-s c-x c-c
6034$ cp gdb/src/gdb/NEWS insight/src/gdb/NEWS
6035$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6036@end smallexample
8973da3a 6037
0816590b
AC
6038@item gdb/README
6039
6040You'll need to update:
8973da3a 6041
0816590b
AC
6042@itemize @bullet
6043@item
6044the version
6045@item
6046the update date
6047@item
6048who did it
6049@end itemize
8973da3a 6050
474c8240 6051@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6052$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/README
6053...
8973da3a 6054c-x 4 a
8642bc8f 6055...
8973da3a 6056c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
6057$ cp gdb/src/gdb/README insight/src/gdb/README
6058$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6059@end smallexample
8973da3a 6060
0816590b
AC
6061@emph{Maintainer note: Hopefully the @file{README} file was reviewed
6062before the initial branch was cut so just a simple substitute is needed
6063to get it updated.}
8973da3a 6064
8642bc8f
AC
6065@emph{Maintainer note: Other projects generate @file{README} and
6066@file{INSTALL} from the core documentation. This might be worth
6067pursuing.}
8973da3a 6068
0816590b 6069@item gdb/version.in
8973da3a 6070
474c8240 6071@smallexample
8642bc8f 6072$ echo $v > gdb/src/gdb/version.in
0816590b
AC
6073$ cat gdb/src/gdb/version.in
60745.2
8642bc8f 6075$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/version.in
8973da3a
AC
6076...
6077c-x 4 a
0816590b 6078... Bump to version ...
8973da3a 6079c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
6080$ cp gdb/src/gdb/version.in insight/src/gdb/version.in
6081$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6082@end smallexample
8973da3a 6083
0816590b 6084@item dejagnu/src/dejagnu/configure.in
8642bc8f
AC
6085
6086Dejagnu is more complicated. The version number is a parameter to
0816590b 6087@code{AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE}. Tweak it to read something like gdb-5.1.91.
8642bc8f 6088
0816590b 6089Don't forget to re-generate @file{configure}.
8642bc8f 6090
0816590b 6091Don't forget to include a @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8642bc8f 6092
0816590b
AC
6093@smallexample
6094$ emacs dejagnu/src/dejagnu/configure.in
6095...
6096c-x 4 a
6097...
6098c-x c-s c-x c-c
6099$ ( cd dejagnu/src/dejagnu && autoconf )
6100@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6101
0816590b
AC
6102@end table
6103
6104@subsubheading Do the dirty work
6105
6106This is identical to the process used to create the daily snapshot.
8973da3a 6107
4ce8657e
MC
6108@smallexample
6109$ for m in gdb insight
6110do
6111( cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar )
6112done
6113$ ( m=dejagnu; cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar.bz2 )
6114@end smallexample
6115
6116If the top level source directory does not have @file{src-release}
6117(@value{GDBN} version 5.3.1 or earlier), try these commands instead:
6118
474c8240 6119@smallexample
0816590b 6120$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 6121do
0816590b 6122( cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar )
8973da3a 6123done
0816590b 6124$ ( m=dejagnu; cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar.bz2 )
474c8240 6125@end smallexample
8973da3a 6126
0816590b 6127@subsubheading Check the source files
8642bc8f 6128
0816590b 6129You're looking for files that have mysteriously disappeared.
8642bc8f
AC
6130@kbd{distclean} has the habit of deleting files it shouldn't. Watch out
6131for the @file{version.in} update @kbd{cronjob}.
8973da3a 6132
474c8240 6133@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6134$ ( cd gdb/src && cvs -f -q -n update )
6135M djunpack.bat
0816590b 6136? gdb-5.1.91.tar
8642bc8f 6137? proto-toplev
0816590b 6138@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f
AC
6139M gdb/ChangeLog
6140M gdb/NEWS
6141M gdb/README
6142M gdb/version.in
0816590b 6143@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f 6144$
474c8240 6145@end smallexample
8973da3a 6146
0816590b 6147@noindent
8642bc8f
AC
6148@emph{Don't worry about the @file{gdb.info-??} or
6149@file{gdb/p-exp.tab.c}. They were generated (and yes @file{gdb.info-1}
6150was also generated only something strange with CVS means that they
6151didn't get supressed). Fixing it would be nice though.}
8973da3a 6152
0816590b 6153@subsubheading Create compressed versions of the release
8973da3a 6154
474c8240 6155@smallexample
0816590b
AC
6156$ cp */src/*.tar .
6157$ cp */src/*.bz2 .
6158$ ls -F
6159dejagnu/ dejagnu-gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 gdb/ gdb-5.2.tar insight/ insight-5.2.tar
6160$ for m in gdb insight
6161do
6162bzip2 -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.bz2
6163gzip -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.gz
6164done
6165$
474c8240 6166@end smallexample
8973da3a 6167
0816590b
AC
6168@noindent
6169Note:
6170
6171@itemize @bullet
6172@item
6173A pipe such as @kbd{bunzip2 < xxx.bz2 | gzip -9 > xxx.gz} is not since,
6174in that mode, @code{gzip} does not know the name of the file and, hence,
6175can not include it in the compressed file. This is also why the release
6176process runs @code{tar} and @code{bzip2} as separate passes.
6177@end itemize
6178
6179@subsection Sanity check the tar ball
8973da3a 6180
0816590b 6181Pick a popular machine (Solaris/PPC?) and try the build on that.
8973da3a 6182
0816590b
AC
6183@smallexample
6184$ bunzip2 < gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 | tar xpf -
6185$ cd gdb-5.2
6186$ ./configure
6187$ make
6188@dots{}
6189$ ./gdb/gdb ./gdb/gdb
6190GNU gdb 5.2
6191@dots{}
6192(gdb) b main
6193Breakpoint 1 at 0x80732bc: file main.c, line 734.
6194(gdb) run
6195Starting program: /tmp/gdb-5.2/gdb/gdb
6196
6197Breakpoint 1, main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff8b4) at main.c:734
6198734 catch_errors (captured_main, &args, "", RETURN_MASK_ALL);
6199(gdb) print args
6200$1 = @{argc = 136426532, argv = 0x821b7f0@}
6201(gdb)
6202@end smallexample
8973da3a 6203
0816590b 6204@subsection Make a release candidate available
8973da3a 6205
0816590b 6206If this is a release candidate then the only remaining steps are:
8642bc8f 6207
0816590b
AC
6208@enumerate
6209@item
6210Commit @file{version.in} and @file{ChangeLog}
6211@item
6212Tweak @file{version.in} (and @file{ChangeLog} to read
6213@var{L}.@var{M}.@var{N}-0000-00-00-cvs so that the version update
6214process can restart.
6215@item
6216Make the release candidate available in
6217@uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/gdb/snapshots/branch}
6218@item
6219Notify the relevant mailing lists ( @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com} and
6220@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com} that the candidate is available.
6221@end enumerate
8642bc8f 6222
0816590b 6223@subsection Make a formal release available
8642bc8f 6224
0816590b 6225(And you thought all that was required was to post an e-mail.)
8642bc8f 6226
0816590b 6227@subsubheading Install on sware
8642bc8f 6228
0816590b 6229Copy the new files to both the release and the old release directory:
8642bc8f 6230
474c8240 6231@smallexample
0816590b 6232$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/old-releases/
8642bc8f 6233$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
474c8240 6234@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6235
0816590b
AC
6236@noindent
6237Clean up the releases directory so that only the most recent releases
6238are available (e.g. keep 5.2 and 5.2.1 but remove 5.1):
6239
6240@smallexample
6241$ cd ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
6242$ rm @dots{}
6243@end smallexample
6244
6245@noindent
6246Update the file @file{README} and @file{.message} in the releases
6247directory:
6248
6249@smallexample
6250$ vi README
6251@dots{}
6252$ rm -f .message
6253$ ln README .message
6254@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6255
0816590b 6256@subsubheading Update the web pages.
8973da3a 6257
0816590b
AC
6258@table @file
6259
6260@item htdocs/download/ANNOUNCEMENT
6261This file, which is posted as the official announcement, includes:
8973da3a
AC
6262@itemize @bullet
6263@item
0816590b 6264General announcement
8642bc8f 6265@item
0816590b
AC
6266News. If making an @var{M}.@var{N}.1 release, retain the news from
6267earlier @var{M}.@var{N} release.
8973da3a 6268@item
0816590b
AC
6269Errata
6270@end itemize
6271
6272@item htdocs/index.html
6273@itemx htdocs/news/index.html
6274@itemx htdocs/download/index.html
6275These files include:
6276@itemize @bullet
8642bc8f 6277@item
0816590b 6278announcement of the most recent release
8642bc8f 6279@item
0816590b 6280news entry (remember to update both the top level and the news directory).
8973da3a 6281@end itemize
0816590b 6282These pages also need to be regenerate using @code{index.sh}.
8973da3a 6283
0816590b 6284@item download/onlinedocs/
8642bc8f
AC
6285You need to find the magic command that is used to generate the online
6286docs from the @file{.tar.bz2}. The best way is to look in the output
0816590b 6287from one of the nightly @code{cron} jobs and then just edit accordingly.
8642bc8f
AC
6288Something like:
6289
474c8240 6290@smallexample
8642bc8f 6291$ ~/ss/update-web-docs \
0816590b 6292 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
8642bc8f 6293 $PWD/www \
0816590b 6294 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/onlinedocs \
8642bc8f 6295 gdb
474c8240 6296@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6297
0816590b
AC
6298@item download/ari/
6299Just like the online documentation. Something like:
8642bc8f 6300
0816590b
AC
6301@smallexample
6302$ /bin/sh ~/ss/update-web-ari \
6303 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
6304 $PWD/www \
6305 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/ari \
6306 gdb
6307@end smallexample
6308
6309@end table
6310
6311@subsubheading Shadow the pages onto gnu
6312
6313Something goes here.
6314
6315
6316@subsubheading Install the @value{GDBN} tar ball on GNU
6317
6318At the time of writing, the GNU machine was @kbd{gnudist.gnu.org} in
6319@file{~ftp/gnu/gdb}.
6320
6321@subsubheading Make the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT}
6322
6323Post the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT} file you created above to:
8642bc8f
AC
6324
6325@itemize @bullet
6326@item
6327@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
6328@item
0816590b
AC
6329@email{info-gnu@@gnu.org, General GNU Announcement list} (but delay it a
6330day or so to let things get out)
6331@item
6332@email{bug-gdb@@gnu.org, GDB Bug Report mailing list}
8642bc8f
AC
6333@end itemize
6334
0816590b 6335@subsection Cleanup
8642bc8f 6336
0816590b 6337The release is out but you're still not finished.
8642bc8f 6338
0816590b 6339@subsubheading Commit outstanding changes
8642bc8f 6340
0816590b 6341In particular you'll need to commit any changes to:
8642bc8f
AC
6342
6343@itemize @bullet
6344@item
6345@file{gdb/ChangeLog}
6346@item
6347@file{gdb/version.in}
6348@item
6349@file{gdb/NEWS}
6350@item
6351@file{gdb/README}
6352@end itemize
6353
0816590b 6354@subsubheading Tag the release
8642bc8f
AC
6355
6356Something like:
6357
474c8240 6358@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6359$ d=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6360$ echo $d
63612002-01-24
6362$ ( cd insight/src/gdb && cvs -f -q update )
0816590b 6363$ ( cd insight/src && cvs -f -q tag gdb_5_2-$d-release )
474c8240 6364@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6365
0816590b
AC
6366Insight is used since that contains more of the release than
6367@value{GDBN} (@code{dejagnu} doesn't get tagged but I think we can live
6368with that).
6369
6370@subsubheading Mention the release on the trunk
8642bc8f 6371
0816590b
AC
6372Just put something in the @file{ChangeLog} so that the trunk also
6373indicates when the release was made.
6374
6375@subsubheading Restart @file{gdb/version.in}
8642bc8f
AC
6376
6377If @file{gdb/version.in} does not contain an ISO date such as
6378@kbd{2002-01-24} then the daily @code{cronjob} won't update it. Having
6379committed all the release changes it can be set to
0816590b 6380@file{5.2.0_0000-00-00-cvs} which will restart things (yes the @kbd{_}
8642bc8f
AC
6381is important - it affects the snapshot process).
6382
6383Don't forget the @file{ChangeLog}.
6384
0816590b 6385@subsubheading Merge into trunk
8973da3a 6386
8642bc8f
AC
6387The files committed to the branch may also need changes merged into the
6388trunk.
8973da3a 6389
0816590b
AC
6390@subsubheading Revise the release schedule
6391
6392Post a revised release schedule to @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB
6393Discussion List} with an updated announcement. The schedule can be
6394generated by running:
6395
6396@smallexample
6397$ ~/ss/schedule `date +%s` schedule
6398@end smallexample
6399
6400@noindent
6401The first parameter is approximate date/time in seconds (from the epoch)
6402of the most recent release.
6403
6404Also update the schedule @code{cronjob}.
6405
8642bc8f 6406@section Post release
8973da3a 6407
8642bc8f 6408Remove any @code{OBSOLETE} code.
8973da3a 6409
085dd6e6
JM
6410@node Testsuite
6411
6412@chapter Testsuite
56caf160 6413@cindex test suite
085dd6e6 6414
56caf160
EZ
6415The testsuite is an important component of the @value{GDBN} package.
6416While it is always worthwhile to encourage user testing, in practice
6417this is rarely sufficient; users typically use only a small subset of
6418the available commands, and it has proven all too common for a change
6419to cause a significant regression that went unnoticed for some time.
085dd6e6 6420
56caf160
EZ
6421The @value{GDBN} testsuite uses the DejaGNU testing framework.
6422DejaGNU is built using @code{Tcl} and @code{expect}. The tests
6423themselves are calls to various @code{Tcl} procs; the framework runs all the
6424procs and summarizes the passes and fails.
085dd6e6
JM
6425
6426@section Using the Testsuite
6427
56caf160 6428@cindex running the test suite
25822942 6429To run the testsuite, simply go to the @value{GDBN} object directory (or to the
085dd6e6
JM
6430testsuite's objdir) and type @code{make check}. This just sets up some
6431environment variables and invokes DejaGNU's @code{runtest} script. While
6432the testsuite is running, you'll get mentions of which test file is in use,
6433and a mention of any unexpected passes or fails. When the testsuite is
6434finished, you'll get a summary that looks like this:
56caf160 6435
474c8240 6436@smallexample
085dd6e6
JM
6437 === gdb Summary ===
6438
6439# of expected passes 6016
6440# of unexpected failures 58
6441# of unexpected successes 5
6442# of expected failures 183
6443# of unresolved testcases 3
6444# of untested testcases 5
474c8240 6445@end smallexample
56caf160 6446
085dd6e6
JM
6447The ideal test run consists of expected passes only; however, reality
6448conspires to keep us from this ideal. Unexpected failures indicate
56caf160
EZ
6449real problems, whether in @value{GDBN} or in the testsuite. Expected
6450failures are still failures, but ones which have been decided are too
6451hard to deal with at the time; for instance, a test case might work
6452everywhere except on AIX, and there is no prospect of the AIX case
6453being fixed in the near future. Expected failures should not be added
6454lightly, since you may be masking serious bugs in @value{GDBN}.
6455Unexpected successes are expected fails that are passing for some
6456reason, while unresolved and untested cases often indicate some minor
6457catastrophe, such as the compiler being unable to deal with a test
6458program.
6459
6460When making any significant change to @value{GDBN}, you should run the
6461testsuite before and after the change, to confirm that there are no
6462regressions. Note that truly complete testing would require that you
6463run the testsuite with all supported configurations and a variety of
6464compilers; however this is more than really necessary. In many cases
6465testing with a single configuration is sufficient. Other useful
6466options are to test one big-endian (Sparc) and one little-endian (x86)
6467host, a cross config with a builtin simulator (powerpc-eabi,
6468mips-elf), or a 64-bit host (Alpha).
6469
6470If you add new functionality to @value{GDBN}, please consider adding
6471tests for it as well; this way future @value{GDBN} hackers can detect
6472and fix their changes that break the functionality you added.
6473Similarly, if you fix a bug that was not previously reported as a test
6474failure, please add a test case for it. Some cases are extremely
6475difficult to test, such as code that handles host OS failures or bugs
6476in particular versions of compilers, and it's OK not to try to write
6477tests for all of those.
085dd6e6 6478
e7dc800a
MC
6479DejaGNU supports separate build, host, and target machines. However,
6480some @value{GDBN} test scripts do not work if the build machine and
6481the host machine are not the same. In such an environment, these scripts
6482will give a result of ``UNRESOLVED'', like this:
6483
6484@smallexample
6485UNRESOLVED: gdb.base/example.exp: This test script does not work on a remote host.
6486@end smallexample
6487
085dd6e6
JM
6488@section Testsuite Organization
6489
56caf160 6490@cindex test suite organization
085dd6e6
JM
6491The testsuite is entirely contained in @file{gdb/testsuite}. While the
6492testsuite includes some makefiles and configury, these are very minimal,
6493and used for little besides cleaning up, since the tests themselves
25822942 6494handle the compilation of the programs that @value{GDBN} will run. The file
085dd6e6 6495@file{testsuite/lib/gdb.exp} contains common utility procs useful for
25822942 6496all @value{GDBN} tests, while the directory @file{testsuite/config} contains
085dd6e6
JM
6497configuration-specific files, typically used for special-purpose
6498definitions of procs like @code{gdb_load} and @code{gdb_start}.
6499
6500The tests themselves are to be found in @file{testsuite/gdb.*} and
6501subdirectories of those. The names of the test files must always end
6502with @file{.exp}. DejaGNU collects the test files by wildcarding
6503in the test directories, so both subdirectories and individual files
6504get chosen and run in alphabetical order.
6505
6506The following table lists the main types of subdirectories and what they
6507are for. Since DejaGNU finds test files no matter where they are
6508located, and since each test file sets up its own compilation and
6509execution environment, this organization is simply for convenience and
6510intelligibility.
6511
56caf160 6512@table @file
085dd6e6 6513@item gdb.base
085dd6e6 6514This is the base testsuite. The tests in it should apply to all
25822942 6515configurations of @value{GDBN} (but generic native-only tests may live here).
085dd6e6 6516The test programs should be in the subset of C that is valid K&R,
49efadf5 6517ANSI/ISO, and C@t{++} (@code{#ifdef}s are allowed if necessary, for instance
085dd6e6
JM
6518for prototypes).
6519
6520@item gdb.@var{lang}
56caf160 6521Language-specific tests for any language @var{lang} besides C. Examples are
af6cf26d 6522@file{gdb.cp} and @file{gdb.java}.
085dd6e6
JM
6523
6524@item gdb.@var{platform}
085dd6e6
JM
6525Non-portable tests. The tests are specific to a specific configuration
6526(host or target), such as HP-UX or eCos. Example is @file{gdb.hp}, for
6527HP-UX.
6528
6529@item gdb.@var{compiler}
085dd6e6
JM
6530Tests specific to a particular compiler. As of this writing (June
65311999), there aren't currently any groups of tests in this category that
6532couldn't just as sensibly be made platform-specific, but one could
56caf160
EZ
6533imagine a @file{gdb.gcc}, for tests of @value{GDBN}'s handling of GCC
6534extensions.
085dd6e6
JM
6535
6536@item gdb.@var{subsystem}
25822942 6537Tests that exercise a specific @value{GDBN} subsystem in more depth. For
085dd6e6
JM
6538instance, @file{gdb.disasm} exercises various disassemblers, while
6539@file{gdb.stabs} tests pathways through the stabs symbol reader.
085dd6e6
JM
6540@end table
6541
6542@section Writing Tests
56caf160 6543@cindex writing tests
085dd6e6 6544
25822942 6545In many areas, the @value{GDBN} tests are already quite comprehensive; you
085dd6e6
JM
6546should be able to copy existing tests to handle new cases.
6547
6548You should try to use @code{gdb_test} whenever possible, since it
6549includes cases to handle all the unexpected errors that might happen.
6550However, it doesn't cost anything to add new test procedures; for
6551instance, @file{gdb.base/exprs.exp} defines a @code{test_expr} that
6552calls @code{gdb_test} multiple times.
6553
6554Only use @code{send_gdb} and @code{gdb_expect} when absolutely
25822942 6555necessary, such as when @value{GDBN} has several valid responses to a command.
085dd6e6
JM
6556
6557The source language programs do @emph{not} need to be in a consistent
25822942 6558style. Since @value{GDBN} is used to debug programs written in many different
085dd6e6 6559styles, it's worth having a mix of styles in the testsuite; for
25822942 6560instance, some @value{GDBN} bugs involving the display of source lines would
085dd6e6
JM
6561never manifest themselves if the programs used GNU coding style
6562uniformly.
6563
c906108c
SS
6564@node Hints
6565
6566@chapter Hints
6567
6568Check the @file{README} file, it often has useful information that does not
6569appear anywhere else in the directory.
6570
6571@menu
25822942 6572* Getting Started:: Getting started working on @value{GDBN}
33e16fad 6573* Debugging GDB:: Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
c906108c
SS
6574@end menu
6575
6576@node Getting Started,,, Hints
6577
6578@section Getting Started
6579
25822942 6580@value{GDBN} is a large and complicated program, and if you first starting to
c906108c
SS
6581work on it, it can be hard to know where to start. Fortunately, if you
6582know how to go about it, there are ways to figure out what is going on.
6583
25822942
DB
6584This manual, the @value{GDBN} Internals manual, has information which applies
6585generally to many parts of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
6586
6587Information about particular functions or data structures are located in
6588comments with those functions or data structures. If you run across a
6589function or a global variable which does not have a comment correctly
25822942 6590explaining what is does, this can be thought of as a bug in @value{GDBN}; feel
c906108c
SS
6591free to submit a bug report, with a suggested comment if you can figure
6592out what the comment should say. If you find a comment which is
6593actually wrong, be especially sure to report that.
6594
6595Comments explaining the function of macros defined in host, target, or
6596native dependent files can be in several places. Sometimes they are
6597repeated every place the macro is defined. Sometimes they are where the
6598macro is used. Sometimes there is a header file which supplies a
6599default definition of the macro, and the comment is there. This manual
6600also documents all the available macros.
6601@c (@pxref{Host Conditionals}, @pxref{Target
6602@c Conditionals}, @pxref{Native Conditionals}, and @pxref{Obsolete
6603@c Conditionals})
6604
56caf160
EZ
6605Start with the header files. Once you have some idea of how
6606@value{GDBN}'s internal symbol tables are stored (see @file{symtab.h},
6607@file{gdbtypes.h}), you will find it much easier to understand the
6608code which uses and creates those symbol tables.
c906108c
SS
6609
6610You may wish to process the information you are getting somehow, to
6611enhance your understanding of it. Summarize it, translate it to another
25822942 6612language, add some (perhaps trivial or non-useful) feature to @value{GDBN}, use
c906108c
SS
6613the code to predict what a test case would do and write the test case
6614and verify your prediction, etc. If you are reading code and your eyes
6615are starting to glaze over, this is a sign you need to use a more active
6616approach.
6617
25822942 6618Once you have a part of @value{GDBN} to start with, you can find more
c906108c
SS
6619specifically the part you are looking for by stepping through each
6620function with the @code{next} command. Do not use @code{step} or you
6621will quickly get distracted; when the function you are stepping through
6622calls another function try only to get a big-picture understanding
6623(perhaps using the comment at the beginning of the function being
6624called) of what it does. This way you can identify which of the
6625functions being called by the function you are stepping through is the
6626one which you are interested in. You may need to examine the data
6627structures generated at each stage, with reference to the comments in
6628the header files explaining what the data structures are supposed to
6629look like.
6630
6631Of course, this same technique can be used if you are just reading the
6632code, rather than actually stepping through it. The same general
6633principle applies---when the code you are looking at calls something
6634else, just try to understand generally what the code being called does,
6635rather than worrying about all its details.
6636
56caf160
EZ
6637@cindex command implementation
6638A good place to start when tracking down some particular area is with
6639a command which invokes that feature. Suppose you want to know how
6640single-stepping works. As a @value{GDBN} user, you know that the
6641@code{step} command invokes single-stepping. The command is invoked
6642via command tables (see @file{command.h}); by convention the function
6643which actually performs the command is formed by taking the name of
6644the command and adding @samp{_command}, or in the case of an
6645@code{info} subcommand, @samp{_info}. For example, the @code{step}
6646command invokes the @code{step_command} function and the @code{info
6647display} command invokes @code{display_info}. When this convention is
6648not followed, you might have to use @code{grep} or @kbd{M-x
6649tags-search} in emacs, or run @value{GDBN} on itself and set a
6650breakpoint in @code{execute_command}.
6651
6652@cindex @code{bug-gdb} mailing list
c906108c
SS
6653If all of the above fail, it may be appropriate to ask for information
6654on @code{bug-gdb}. But @emph{never} post a generic question like ``I was
6655wondering if anyone could give me some tips about understanding
25822942 6656@value{GDBN}''---if we had some magic secret we would put it in this manual.
c906108c
SS
6657Suggestions for improving the manual are always welcome, of course.
6658
33e16fad 6659@node Debugging GDB,,,Hints
c906108c 6660
25822942 6661@section Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
56caf160 6662@cindex debugging @value{GDBN}
c906108c 6663
25822942 6664If @value{GDBN} is limping on your machine, this is the preferred way to get it
c906108c
SS
6665fully functional. Be warned that in some ancient Unix systems, like
6666Ultrix 4.2, a program can't be running in one process while it is being
56caf160 6667debugged in another. Rather than typing the command @kbd{@w{./gdb
c906108c 6668./gdb}}, which works on Suns and such, you can copy @file{gdb} to
56caf160 6669@file{gdb2} and then type @kbd{@w{./gdb ./gdb2}}.
c906108c 6670
25822942 6671When you run @value{GDBN} in the @value{GDBN} source directory, it will read a
c906108c
SS
6672@file{.gdbinit} file that sets up some simple things to make debugging
6673gdb easier. The @code{info} command, when executed without a subcommand
25822942 6674in a @value{GDBN} being debugged by gdb, will pop you back up to the top level
c906108c
SS
6675gdb. See @file{.gdbinit} for details.
6676
6677If you use emacs, you will probably want to do a @code{make TAGS} after
6678you configure your distribution; this will put the machine dependent
6679routines for your local machine where they will be accessed first by
6680@kbd{M-.}
6681
25822942 6682Also, make sure that you've either compiled @value{GDBN} with your local cc, or
c906108c
SS
6683have run @code{fixincludes} if you are compiling with gcc.
6684
6685@section Submitting Patches
6686
56caf160 6687@cindex submitting patches
c906108c 6688Thanks for thinking of offering your changes back to the community of
25822942 6689@value{GDBN} users. In general we like to get well designed enhancements.
c906108c
SS
6690Thanks also for checking in advance about the best way to transfer the
6691changes.
6692
25822942
DB
6693The @value{GDBN} maintainers will only install ``cleanly designed'' patches.
6694This manual summarizes what we believe to be clean design for @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
6695
6696If the maintainers don't have time to put the patch in when it arrives,
6697or if there is any question about a patch, it goes into a large queue
6698with everyone else's patches and bug reports.
6699
56caf160 6700@cindex legal papers for code contributions
c906108c
SS
6701The legal issue is that to incorporate substantial changes requires a
6702copyright assignment from you and/or your employer, granting ownership
6703of the changes to the Free Software Foundation. You can get the
9e0b60a8
JM
6704standard documents for doing this by sending mail to @code{gnu@@gnu.org}
6705and asking for it. We recommend that people write in "All programs
6706owned by the Free Software Foundation" as "NAME OF PROGRAM", so that
56caf160
EZ
6707changes in many programs (not just @value{GDBN}, but GAS, Emacs, GCC,
6708etc) can be
9e0b60a8 6709contributed with only one piece of legalese pushed through the
be9c6c35 6710bureaucracy and filed with the FSF. We can't start merging changes until
9e0b60a8
JM
6711this paperwork is received by the FSF (their rules, which we follow
6712since we maintain it for them).
c906108c
SS
6713
6714Technically, the easiest way to receive changes is to receive each
56caf160
EZ
6715feature as a small context diff or unidiff, suitable for @code{patch}.
6716Each message sent to me should include the changes to C code and
6717header files for a single feature, plus @file{ChangeLog} entries for
6718each directory where files were modified, and diffs for any changes
6719needed to the manuals (@file{gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo} or
6720@file{gdb/doc/gdbint.texinfo}). If there are a lot of changes for a
6721single feature, they can be split down into multiple messages.
9e0b60a8
JM
6722
6723In this way, if we read and like the feature, we can add it to the
c906108c 6724sources with a single patch command, do some testing, and check it in.
56caf160
EZ
6725If you leave out the @file{ChangeLog}, we have to write one. If you leave
6726out the doc, we have to puzzle out what needs documenting. Etc., etc.
c906108c 6727
9e0b60a8
JM
6728The reason to send each change in a separate message is that we will not
6729install some of the changes. They'll be returned to you with questions
6730or comments. If we're doing our job correctly, the message back to you
c906108c 6731will say what you have to fix in order to make the change acceptable.
9e0b60a8
JM
6732The reason to have separate messages for separate features is so that
6733the acceptable changes can be installed while one or more changes are
6734being reworked. If multiple features are sent in a single message, we
6735tend to not put in the effort to sort out the acceptable changes from
6736the unacceptable, so none of the features get installed until all are
6737acceptable.
6738
6739If this sounds painful or authoritarian, well, it is. But we get a lot
6740of bug reports and a lot of patches, and many of them don't get
6741installed because we don't have the time to finish the job that the bug
c906108c
SS
6742reporter or the contributor could have done. Patches that arrive
6743complete, working, and well designed, tend to get installed on the day
9e0b60a8
JM
6744they arrive. The others go into a queue and get installed as time
6745permits, which, since the maintainers have many demands to meet, may not
6746be for quite some time.
c906108c 6747
56caf160 6748Please send patches directly to
47b95330 6749@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} maintainers}.
c906108c
SS
6750
6751@section Obsolete Conditionals
56caf160 6752@cindex obsolete code
c906108c 6753
25822942 6754Fragments of old code in @value{GDBN} sometimes reference or set the following
c906108c
SS
6755configuration macros. They should not be used by new code, and old uses
6756should be removed as those parts of the debugger are otherwise touched.
6757
6758@table @code
c906108c
SS
6759@item STACK_END_ADDR
6760This macro used to define where the end of the stack appeared, for use
6761in interpreting core file formats that don't record this address in the
25822942
DB
6762core file itself. This information is now configured in BFD, and @value{GDBN}
6763gets the info portably from there. The values in @value{GDBN}'s configuration
c906108c 6764files should be moved into BFD configuration files (if needed there),
25822942 6765and deleted from all of @value{GDBN}'s config files.
c906108c
SS
6766
6767Any @file{@var{foo}-xdep.c} file that references STACK_END_ADDR
6768is so old that it has never been converted to use BFD. Now that's old!
6769
c906108c
SS
6770@end table
6771
bcd7e15f 6772@include observer.texi
2154891a 6773@raisesections
aab4e0ec 6774@include fdl.texi
2154891a 6775@lowersections
aab4e0ec 6776
56caf160
EZ
6777@node Index
6778@unnumbered Index
6779
6780@printindex cp
6781
c906108c 6782@bye
This page took 0.995824 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.